Scripture · Sanskrit Bible with the King James Version · the Pāli Canon

Search Scripture Search

Chapters on Legal Topics 19 खन्धक 19

Chapter: 12345678910111213141516171819202122

1. Pātimokkhuddesayācana

Pāli in Devanagari; under each word its Roman pronunciation, syllable by syllable (ṃ = nasal hum). Tap a Pāli word for its meaning (PTS Pāli-English Dictionary); tap again to open it in the Pāli dictionary.

Verse: 123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748495051525354555657585960616263646566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596979899100101102103104105106107108109110111112113114115116117118119120121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141142143144145146147148149150151152153154155156157158159160161162163164165166167168169170171172173174175176177178179180181182183184185186187188189190191192193194195196197198199200201202203204205206207208209210211212213214215216217218219220221222223224225226227228229230231232233234235236237238239240241242243244245246247248249250251252253254255256257258259260261262263264265266267268269270271272273274275276277278279280281282283284285286287288289290291292293294295296297298299300301302303304305306307308309310311312313314315316317318319320321322323324325326327328329330331332333334335336337338339340341342343344345346347348349350351352353354355356357358359360361362363364365366367368369370371372373374375376377378379380381382383384385386387388389390391392393394395396397398399400401402403404405406407408409410411412413414415416417418419420421422423424425426427428429430431432433434435436437438439440441442443444445446447448449450451452453454455456457458459460461462463464465466467468469470471472473474475476477478479480481482483484485486487488489490491492493494495496497498499500501502503504505506507508509510511512513514515516517518519520521522523524525526527528529530531532533534535536537538539540541542543544545546547548549550551552553554555 · Hide pronunciation

1. 1

   थेरवादthe·ra·vā·da विनयपिटकvi·na·ya·pi·ṭa·ka

   Theravāda Vinayapiṭaka

   Theravāda Collection on Monastic Law

2. 2

   चूळवग्गcū·ḷa·vag·ga

   Cūḷavagga

   The Small Division

3. 3

   19। पातिमोक्खट्ठपनक्खन्धकpā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nak·khan·dha·ka

   19. Pātimokkhaṭṭhapanakkhandhaka

   The chapter on the cancellation of the Monastic Code

4. 4

   1। पातिमोक्खुद्देसयाचनpā·ti·mok·khud·de·sa·yā·ca·na

   1. Pātimokkhuddesayācana

   1. The request for the recitation of the Monastic Code

5. 5

   तेनte·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na बुद्धोbud·dho भगवाbha·ga·vā सावत्थियंsā·vat·thi·yaṃ विहरतिvi·ha·ra·ti पुब्बारामेpub·bā·rā·me मिगारमातुmi·gā·ra·mā·tu पासादे।pā·sā·de

   Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātu pāsāde.

   At one time on the observance day, when the Buddha was staying at Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, in Migāramāta’s stilt house,

6. 6

   तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na भगवाbha·ga·vā तदहुपोसथेta·da·hu·po·sa·the भिक्खुसङ्घपरिवुतोbhik·khu·saṅ·gha·pa·ri·vu·to निसिन्नोni·sin·no होति।ho·ti

   Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā tadahuposathe bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto nisinno hoti.

   he was seated surrounded by the Sangha of monks.

7. 7

   अथa·tha खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā आनन्दोā·nan·do अभिक्कन्तायa·bhik·kan·tā·ya रत्तियाrat·ti·yā निक्खन्तेnik·khan·te पठमेpa·ṭha·me यामेyā·me उट्ठायासनाuṭ·ṭhā·yā·sa·nā एकंसंe·kaṃ·saṃ उत्तरासङ्गंut·ta·rā·saṅ·gaṃ करित्वाka·rit·vā येनye·na भगवाbha·ga·vā तेनञ्जलिंte·nañ·ja·liṃ पणामेत्वाpa·ṇā·met·vā भगवन्तंbha·ga·van·taṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

   Atha kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā nikkhante paṭhame yāme uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—

   Then, when the night was well advanced and the first part of the night was over, Venerable Ānanda got up from his seat, arranged his upper robe over one shoulder, raise his joined palms, and said to the Buddha,

8. 8

   “अभिक्कन्ता,a·bhik·kan·tā भन्ते,bhan·te रत्ति,rat·ti निक्खन्तोnik·khan·to पठमोpa·ṭha·mo यामो,yā·mo चिरनिसिन्नोci·ra·ni·sin·no भिक्खुसङ्घो।bhik·khu·saṅ·gho

   “abhikkantā, bhante, ratti, nikkhanto paṭhamo yāmo, ciranisinno bhikkhusaṅgho.

   “Sir, the night is well advanced and the first part of the night is over. The Sangha of monks has been seated for a long time.

9. 9

   उद्दिसतु,ud·di·sa·tu भन्ते,bhan·te भगवाbha·ga·vā भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ पातिमोक्खन्”ति।pā·ti·mok·khan

   Uddisatu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṁ pātimokkhan”ti.

   Please recite the Monastic Code.”

10. 10

    एवंe·vaṃ वुत्ते,vut·te भगवाbha·ga·vā तुण्हीtuṇ·hī अहोसि।a·ho·si

    Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi.

    The Buddha did not reply.

11. 11

    दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā आनन्दोā·nan·do अभिक्कन्तायa·bhik·kan·tā·ya रत्तियाrat·ti·yā निक्खन्तेnik·khan·te मज्झिमेmaj·jhi·me यामेyā·me उट्ठायासनाuṭ·ṭhā·yā·sa·nā एकंसंe·kaṃ·saṃ उत्तरासङ्गंut·ta·rā·saṅ·gaṃ करित्वाka·rit·vā येनye·na भगवाbha·ga·vā तेनञ्जलिंte·nañ·ja·liṃ पणामेत्वाpa·ṇā·met·vā भगवन्तंbha·ga·van·taṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā nikkhante majjhime yāme uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—

    At the end of the middle part of the night, Venerable Ānanda asked a second time,

12. 12

    “अभिक्कन्ता,a·bhik·kan·tā भन्ते,bhan·te रत्ति,rat·ti निक्खन्तोnik·khan·to मज्झिमोmaj·jhi·mo यामो,yā·mo चिरनिसिन्नोci·ra·ni·sin·no भिक्खुसङ्घो।bhik·khu·saṅ·gho

    “abhikkantā, bhante, ratti, nikkhanto majjhimo yāmo, ciranisinno bhikkhusaṅgho.

    (Pāli only)

13. 13

    उद्दिसतु,ud·di·sa·tu भन्ते,bhan·te भगवाbha·ga·vā भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ पातिमोक्खन्”ति।pā·ti·mok·khan

    Uddisatu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṁ pātimokkhan”ti.

    (Pāli only)

14. 14

    दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā तुण्हीtuṇ·hī अहोसि।a·ho·si

    Dutiyampi kho bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi.

    and again received no reply.

15. 15

    ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā आनन्दोā·nan·do अभिक्कन्तायa·bhik·kan·tā·ya रत्तियाrat·ti·yā निक्खन्तेnik·khan·te पच्छिमेpac·chi·me यामेyā·me उद्धस्तेud·dhas·te अरुणेa·ru·ṇe नन्दिमुखियाnan·di·mu·khi·yā रत्तियाrat·ti·yā उट्ठायासनाuṭ·ṭhā·yā·sa·nā एकंसंe·kaṃ·saṃ उत्तरासङ्गंut·ta·rā·saṅ·gaṃ करित्वाka·rit·vā येनye·na भगवाbha·ga·vā तेनञ्जलिंte·nañ·ja·liṃ पणामेत्वाpa·ṇā·met·vā भगवन्तंbha·ga·van·taṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā nikkhante pacchime yāme uddhaste aruṇe nandimukhiyā rattiyā uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṁ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—

    At the end of the last part of the night, when the sky was flaring up at dawn, he asked a third time.

16. 16

    “अभिक्कन्ता,a·bhik·kan·tā भन्ते,bhan·te रत्ति,rat·ti निक्खन्तोnik·khan·to पच्छिमोpac·chi·mo यामो,yā·mo उद्धस्तंud·dhas·taṃ अरुणंa·ru·ṇaṃ नन्दिमुखिnan·di·mu·khi रत्ति,rat·ti चिरनिसिन्नोci·ra·ni·sin·no भिक्खुसङ्घो।bhik·khu·saṅ·gho

    “abhikkantā, bhante, ratti, nikkhanto pacchimo yāmo, uddhastaṁ aruṇaṁ nandimukhi ratti, ciranisinno bhikkhusaṅgho.

    (Pāli only)

17. 17

    उद्दिसतु,ud·di·sa·tu भन्ते,bhan·te भगवाbha·ga·vā भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ पातिमोक्खन्”ति।pā·ti·mok·khan

    Uddisatu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṁ pātimokkhan”ti.

    (Pāli only)

18. 18

    “अपरिसुद्धा,a·pa·ri·sud·dhā आनन्द,ā·nan·da परिसा”ति।pa·ri·sā

    “Aparisuddhā, ānanda, parisā”ti.

    And the Buddha replied, “Ānanda, the gathering is impure.”

19. 19

    अथa·tha खोkho आयस्मतोā·yas·ma·to महामोग्गल्लानस्सma·hā·mog·gal·lā·nas·sa एतदहोसि—e·ta·da·ho·si

    Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi—

    Venerable Mahāmoggallāna thought,

20. 20

    “कंkaṃ नुnu खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā पुग्गलंpug·ga·laṃ सन्धायsan·dhā·ya एवमाह—e·va·mā·ha

    “kaṁ nu kho bhagavā puggalaṁ sandhāya evamāha—

    “Who is the Buddha talking about?”

21. 21

    ‘अपरिसुद्धा,a·pa·ri·sud·dhā आनन्द,ā·nan·da परिसा’”ति?pa·ri·sā

    ‘aparisuddhā, ānanda, parisā’”ti?

    (Pāli only)

22. 22

    अथa·tha खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā महामोग्गल्लानोma·hā·mog·gal·lā·no सब्बावन्तंsab·bā·van·taṃ भिक्खुसङ्घंbhik·khu·saṅ·ghaṃ चेतसाce·ta·sā चेतोce·to परिच्चpa·ric·ca मनसाकासि।ma·na·sā·kā·si

    Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sabbāvantaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ cetasā ceto paricca manasākāsi.

    Reading the minds of the the entire Sangha of monks,

23. 23

    अद्दसाad·da·sā खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā महामोग्गल्लानोma·hā·mog·gal·lā·no तंtaṃ पुग्गलंpug·ga·laṃ दुस्सीलंdus·sī·laṃ पापधम्मंpā·pa·dham·maṃ असुचिसङ्कस्सरसमाचारंa·su·ci·saṅ·kas·sa·ra·sa·mā·cā·raṃ पटिच्छन्नकम्मन्तंpa·ṭic·chan·na·kam·man·taṃ अस्समणंas·sa·ma·ṇaṃ समणपटिञ्ञंsa·ma·ṇa·pa·ṭiñ·ñaṃ अब्रह्मचारिंab·rah·ma·cā·riṃ ब्रह्मचारिपटिञ्ञंbrah·ma·cā·ri·pa·ṭiñ·ñaṃ अन्तोपूतिंan·to·pū·tiṃ अवस्सुतंa·vas·su·taṃ कसम्बुजातंka·sam·bu·jā·taṃ मज्झेmaj·jhe भिक्खुसङ्घस्सbhik·khu·saṅ·ghas·sa निसिन्नं।ni·sin·naṃ

    Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ dussīlaṁ pāpadhammaṁ asucisaṅkassarasamācāraṁ paṭicchannakammantaṁ assamaṇaṁ samaṇapaṭiññaṁ abrahmacāriṁ brahmacāripaṭiññaṁ antopūtiṁ avassutaṁ kasambujātaṁ majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa nisinnaṁ.

    he saw that person—immoral, with bad qualities, impure and dubious in conduct, hiding his actions, not a monastic while claiming to be one, not abstaining from sexuality while claiming to do so, rotten inside, lustful, defiled—seated in the midst of the Sangha.

24. 24

    दिस्वानdis·vā·na येनye·na सोso पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo तेनुपसङ्कमि,te·nu·pa·saṅ·ka·mi उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā तंtaṃ पुग्गलंpug·ga·laṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Disvāna yena so puggalo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṁ puggalaṁ etadavoca—

    He went up to him and said,

25. 25

    “उट्ठेहि,uṭ·ṭhe·hi आवुसो,ā·vu·so दिट्ठोसिdiṭ·ṭho·si भगवता;bha·ga·va·tā

    “uṭṭhehi, āvuso, diṭṭhosi bhagavatā;

    “Get up, the Buddha has seen you.

26. 26

    नत्थिnat·thi तेte भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ संवासो”ति।saṃ·vā·so

    natthi te bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ saṁvāso”ti.

    You don’t belong with the community of monks.”

27. 27

    एवंe·vaṃ वुत्ते,vut·te सोso पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo तुण्हीtuṇ·hī अहोसि।a·ho·si

    Evaṁ vutte, so puggalo tuṇhī ahosi.

    But he did not reply.

28. 28

    दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā महामोग्गल्लानोma·hā·mog·gal·lā·no तंtaṃ पुग्गलंpug·ga·laṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Dutiyampi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ etadavoca—

    Mahāmoggallāna said the same thing a second

29. 29

    “उट्ठेहि,uṭ·ṭhe·hi आवुसो,ā·vu·so दिट्ठोसिdiṭ·ṭho·si भगवता;bha·ga·va·tā

    “uṭṭhehi, āvuso, diṭṭhosi bhagavatā;

    (Pāli only)

30. 30

    नत्थिnat·thi तेte भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ संवासो”ति।saṃ·vā·so

    natthi te bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ saṁvāso”ti.

    (Pāli only)

31. 31

    दुतियम्पिdu·ti·yam·pi खोkho सोso पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo तुण्हीtuṇ·hī अहोसि।a·ho·si

    Dutiyampi kho so puggalo tuṇhī ahosi.

    (Pāli only)

32. 32

    ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā महामोग्गल्लानोma·hā·mog·gal·lā·no तंtaṃ पुग्गलंpug·ga·laṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Tatiyampi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ etadavoca—

    and a third time,

33. 33

    “उट्ठेहि,uṭ·ṭhe·hi आवुसो,ā·vu·so दिट्ठोसिdiṭ·ṭho·si भगवता;bha·ga·va·tā

    “uṭṭhehi, āvuso, diṭṭhosi bhagavatā;

    (Pāli only)

34. 34

    नत्थिnat·thi तेte भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi सद्धिंsad·dhiṃ संवासो”ति।saṃ·vā·so

    natthi te bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ saṁvāso”ti.

    (Pāli only)

35. 35

    ततियम्पिta·ti·yam·pi खोkho सोso पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo तुण्हीtuṇ·hī अहोसि।a·ho·si

    Tatiyampi kho so puggalo tuṇhī ahosi.

    still not getting a reply.

36. 36

    अथa·tha खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā महामोग्गल्लानोma·hā·mog·gal·lā·no तंtaṃ पुग्गलंpug·ga·laṃ बाहायंbā·hā·yaṃ गहेत्वाga·het·vā बहिद्वारकोट्ठकाba·hid·vā·ra·koṭ·ṭha·kā निक्खामेत्वाnik·khā·met·vā सूचिघटिकंsū·ci·gha·ṭi·kaṃ दत्वाdat·vā येनye·na भगवाbha·ga·vā तेनुपसङ्कमि,te·nu·pa·saṅ·ka·mi उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā भगवन्तंbha·ga·van·taṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

    Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṁ puggalaṁ bāhāyaṁ gahetvā bahidvārakoṭṭhakā nikkhāmetvā sūcighaṭikaṁ datvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—

    Mahāmoggallāna then grabbed him by the arms, took him outside the gatehouse, and fastened the bolt and the latch. He then went to the Buddha and said,

37. 37

    “निक्खामितोnik·khā·mi·to सो,so भन्ते,bhan·te पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo मया;ma·yā

    “nikkhāmito so, bhante, puggalo mayā;

    “Sir, I’ve taken that person outside;

38. 38

    सुद्धाsud·dhā परिसा;pa·ri·sā

    suddhā parisā;

    the gathering is pure.

39. 39

    उद्दिसतु,ud·di·sa·tu भन्ते,bhan·te भगवाbha·ga·vā भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ पातिमोक्खन्”ति।pā·ti·mok·khan

    uddisatu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṁ pātimokkhan”ti.

    Please recite the Monastic Code to the monks.”

40. 40

    “अच्छरियं,ac·cha·ri·yaṃ मोग्गल्लान,mog·gal·lā·na अब्भुतं,ab·bhu·taṃ मोग्गल्लान,mog·gal·lā·na यावyā·va बाहागहणापिbā·hā·ga·ha·ṇā·pi नामnā·ma सोso मोघपुरिसोmo·gha·pu·ri·so आगमेस्सती”ति।ā·ga·mes·sa·tī

    “Acchariyaṁ, moggallāna, abbhutaṁ, moggallāna, yāva bāhāgahaṇāpi nāma so moghapuriso āgamessatī”ti.

    “It’s amazing, Moggallāna, how that fool waited until he was grabbed by the arms.”

41. 41

    अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū आमन्तेसि—ā·man·te·si

    Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi—

    And the Buddha addressed the monks:

42. 42

    2। महासमुद्देअट्ठच्छरियma·hā·sa·mud·de·aṭ·ṭhac·cha·ri·ya

    2. Mahāsamuddeaṭṭhacchariya

    2. The eight amazing qualities of the ocean

43. 43

    “अट्ठिमे,aṭ·ṭhi·me भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de अच्छरियाac·cha·ri·yā अब्भुताab·bhu·tā धम्मा,dham·mā येye दिस्वाdis·vā दिस्वाdis·vā असुराa·su·rā महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de अभिरमन्ति।a·bhi·ra·man·ti

    “Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.

    “Monks, the antigods delight in the ocean because they see eight amazing qualities in it:

44. 44

    कतमेka·ta·me अट्ठ?aṭ·ṭha

    Katame aṭṭha?

    (Pāli only)

45. 45

    महासमुद्दो,ma·hā·sa·mud·do भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve अनुपुब्बनिन्नोa·nu·pub·ba·nin·no अनुपुब्बपोणोa·nu·pub·ba·po·ṇo अनुपुब्बपब्भारोa·nu·pub·ba·pab·bhā·ro नna आयतकेनेवā·ya·ta·ke·ne·va पपातो।pa·pā·to

    Mahāsamuddo, bhikkhave, anupubbaninno anupubbapoṇo anupubbapabbhāro na āyatakeneva papāto.

    The ocean slopes and inclines gradually. It doesn’t drop off all at once.

46. 46

    यम्पि,yam·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्दोma·hā·sa·mud·do अनुपुब्बनिन्नोa·nu·pub·ba·nin·no अनुपुब्बपोणोa·nu·pub·ba·po·ṇo अनुपुब्बपब्भारोa·nu·pub·ba·pab·bhā·ro नna आयतकेनेवā·ya·ta·ke·ne·va पपातो—pa·pā·to

    Yampi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo anupubbaninno anupubbapoṇo anupubbapabbhāro na āyatakeneva papāto—

    (Pāli only)

47. 47

    अयं,a·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de पठमोpa·ṭha·mo अच्छरियोac·cha·ri·yo अब्भुतोab·bhu·to धम्मो,dham·mo यंyaṃ दिस्वाdis·vā दिस्वाdis·vā असुराa·su·rā महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de अभिरमन्ति।a·bhi·ra·man·ti

    ayaṁ, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.

    (Pāli only)

48. 48

    पुनpu·na चपरं,ca·pa·raṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्दोma·hā·sa·mud·do ठितधम्मोṭhi·ta·dham·mo वेलंve·laṃ नातिवत्तति।nā·ti·vat·ta·ti

    Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo ṭhitadhammo velaṁ nātivattati.

    The ocean is steady. It doesn’t go beyond the shoreline.

49. 49

    यम्पि,yam·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्दोma·hā·sa·mud·do ठितधम्मोṭhi·ta·dham·mo वेलंve·laṃ नातिवत्तति—nā·ti·vat·ta·ti

    Yampi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo ṭhitadhammo velaṁ nātivattati—

    (Pāli only)

50. 50

    अयं,a·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de दुतियोdu·ti·yo अच्छरियोac·cha·ri·yo अब्भुतोab·bhu·to धम्मो,dham·mo यंyaṃ दिस्वाdis·vā दिस्वाdis·vā असुराa·su·rā महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de अभिरमन्ति।a·bhi·ra·man·ti

    ayaṁ, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde dutiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.

    (Pāli only)

51. 51

    पुनpu·na चपरं,ca·pa·raṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्दोma·hā·sa·mud·do नna मतेनma·te·na कुणपेनku·ṇa·pe·na संवसति।saṃ·va·sa·ti यंyaṃ होतिho·ti महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de मतंma·taṃ कुणपं,ku·ṇa·paṃ तंtaṃ खिप्पञ्ञेवkhip·pañ·ñe·va तीरंtī·raṃ वाहेति,vā·he·ti थलंtha·laṃ उस्सारेति।us·sā·re·ti

    Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo na matena kuṇapena saṁvasati. Yaṁ hoti mahāsamudde mataṁ kuṇapaṁ, taṁ khippaññeva tīraṁ vāheti, thalaṁ ussāreti.

    The ocean doesn’t tolerate dead bodies, but quickly carries them to the shore and dumps them on dry land.

52. 52

    यम्पि,yam·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्दोma·hā·sa·mud·do नna मतेनma·te·na कुणपेनku·ṇa·pe·na संवसति,saṃ·va·sa·ti यंyaṃ होतिho·ti महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de मतंma·taṃ कुणपं,ku·ṇa·paṃ तंtaṃ खिप्पञ्ञेवkhip·pañ·ñe·va तीरंtī·raṃ वाहेति,vā·he·ti थलंtha·laṃ उस्सारेति—us·sā·re·ti

    Yampi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo na matena kuṇapena saṁvasati, yaṁ hoti mahāsamudde mataṁ kuṇapaṁ, taṁ khippaññeva tīraṁ vāheti, thalaṁ ussāreti—

    (Pāli only)

53. 53

    अयं,a·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de ततियोta·ti·yo अच्छरियोac·cha·ri·yo अब्भुतोab·bhu·to धम्मो,dham·mo यंyaṃ दिस्वाdis·vā दिस्वाdis·vā असुराa·su·rā महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de अभिरमन्ति।a·bhi·ra·man·ti

    ayaṁ, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.

    (Pāli only)

54. 54

    पुनpu·na चपरं,ca·pa·raṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve याyā काचिkā·ci महानदियो,ma·hā·na·di·yo सेय्यथिदं—गङ्गा,sey·ya·thi·daṃ यमुना,ya·mu·nā अचिरवती,a·ci·ra·va·tī सरभू,sa·ra·bhū मही,ma·hī ताtā महासमुद्दंma·hā·sa·mud·daṃ पत्ताpat·tā जहन्तिja·han·ti पुरिमानिpu·ri·mā·ni नामगोत्तानि,nā·ma·got·tā·ni महासमुद्दोत्वेवma·hā·sa·mud·dot·ve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छन्ति।gac·chan·ti

    Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, yā kāci mahānadiyo, seyyathidaṁ—gaṅgā, yamunā, aciravatī, sarabhū, mahī, tā mahāsamuddaṁ pattā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, mahāsamuddotveva saṅkhaṁ gacchanti.

    When the great rivers—the Ganges, the Yamunā, the Aciravatī, the Sarabhū, or the Mahī—reach the ocean, they lose their former names and become known simply as the ocean.

55. 55

    यम्पि,yam·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve याyā काचिkā·ci महानदियो,ma·hā·na·di·yo सेय्यथिदं—गङ्गा,sey·ya·thi·daṃ यमुना,ya·mu·nā अचिरवती,a·ci·ra·va·tī सरभू,sa·ra·bhū मही,ma·hī ताtā महासमुद्दंma·hā·sa·mud·daṃ पत्ताpat·tā जहन्तिja·han·ti पुरिमानिpu·ri·mā·ni नामगोत्तानि,nā·ma·got·tā·ni महासमुद्दोत्वेवma·hā·sa·mud·dot·ve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छन्ति—gac·chan·ti

    Yampi, bhikkhave, yā kāci mahānadiyo, seyyathidaṁ—gaṅgā, yamunā, aciravatī, sarabhū, mahī, tā mahāsamuddaṁ pattā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, mahāsamuddotveva saṅkhaṁ gacchanti—

    (Pāli only)

56. 56

    अयं,a·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de चतुत्थोca·tut·tho अच्छरियोac·cha·ri·yo अब्भुतोab·bhu·to धम्मो,dham·mo यंyaṃ दिस्वाdis·vā दिस्वाdis·vā असुराa·su·rā महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de अभिरमन्ति।a·bhi·ra·man·ti

    ayaṁ, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.

    (Pāli only)

57. 57

    पुनpu·na चपरं,ca·pa·raṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve याyā चca लोकेlo·ke सवन्तियोsa·van·ti·yo महासमुद्दंma·hā·sa·mud·daṃ अप्पेन्ति,ap·pen·ti याyā चca अन्तलिक्खाan·ta·lik·khā धाराdhā·rā पपतन्ति,pa·pa·tan·ti नna तेनte·na महासमुद्दस्सma·hā·sa·mud·das·sa ऊनत्तंū·nat·taṃ वाvā पूरत्तंpū·rat·taṃ वाvā पञ्ञायति।pañ·ñā·ya·ti

    Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, yā ca loke savantiyo mahāsamuddaṁ appenti, yā ca antalikkhā dhārā papatanti, na tena mahāsamuddassa ūnattaṁ vā pūrattaṁ vā paññāyati.

    Whatever rivers in the world flow into the ocean and whatever rain falls into it, the ocean isn’t diminished or filled up because of that.

58. 58

    यम्पि,yam·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve याyā चca लोकेlo·ke सवन्तियोsa·van·ti·yo महासमुद्दंma·hā·sa·mud·daṃ अप्पेन्ति,ap·pen·ti याyā चca अन्तलिक्खाan·ta·lik·khā धाराdhā·rā पपतन्ति,pa·pa·tan·ti नna तेनte·na महासमुद्दस्सma·hā·sa·mud·das·sa ऊनत्तंū·nat·taṃ वाvā पूरत्तंpū·rat·taṃ वाvā पञ्ञायति—pañ·ñā·ya·ti

    Yampi, bhikkhave, yā ca loke savantiyo mahāsamuddaṁ appenti, yā ca antalikkhā dhārā papatanti, na tena mahāsamuddassa ūnattaṁ vā pūrattaṁ vā paññāyati—

    (Pāli only)

59. 59

    अयं,a·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de पञ्चमोpañ·ca·mo अच्छरियोac·cha·ri·yo अब्भुतोab·bhu·to धम्मो,dham·mo यंyaṃ दिस्वाdis·vā दिस्वाdis·vā असुराa·su·rā महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de अभिरमन्ति।a·bhi·ra·man·ti

    ayaṁ, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde pañcamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.

    (Pāli only)

60. 60

    पुनpu·na चपरं,ca·pa·raṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्दोma·hā·sa·mud·do एकरसोe·ka·ra·so लोणरसो।lo·ṇa·ra·so

    Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo ekaraso loṇaraso.

    The ocean has only one taste, the taste of salt.

61. 61

    यम्पि,yam·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्दोma·hā·sa·mud·do एकरसोe·ka·ra·so लोणरसो—lo·ṇa·ra·so

    Yampi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo ekaraso loṇaraso—

    (Pāli only)

62. 62

    अयं,a·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de छट्ठोchaṭ·ṭho अच्छरियोac·cha·ri·yo अब्भुतोab·bhu·to धम्मो,dham·mo यंyaṃ दिस्वाdis·vā दिस्वाdis·vā असुराa·su·rā महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de अभिरमन्ति।a·bhi·ra·man·ti

    ayaṁ, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde chaṭṭho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.

    (Pāli only)

63. 63

    पुनpu·na चपरं,ca·pa·raṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्दोma·hā·sa·mud·do बहुरतनोba·hu·ra·ta·no अनेकरतनो।a·ne·ka·ra·ta·no तत्रिमानिtat·ri·mā·ni रतनानि,ra·ta·nā·ni सेय्यथिदं—मुत्ता,sey·ya·thi·daṃ मणि,ma·ṇi वेळुरियो,ve·ḷu·ri·yo सङ्खो,saṅ·kho सिला,si·lā पवाळं,pa·vā·ḷaṃ रजतं,ra·ja·taṃ जातरूपं,jā·ta·rū·paṃ लोहितको,lo·hi·ta·ko मसारगल्लं।ma·sā·ra·gal·laṃ

    Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo bahuratano anekaratano. Tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṁ—muttā, maṇi, veḷuriyo, saṅkho, silā, pavāḷaṁ, rajataṁ, jātarūpaṁ, lohitako, masāragallaṁ.

    The ocean contains many precious things—pearls, gems, beryls, mother-of-pearls, quartz, corals, silver, gold, rubies, and cat’s eyes.

64. 64

    यम्पि,yam·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्दोma·hā·sa·mud·do बहुरतनोba·hu·ra·ta·no अनेकरतनो,a·ne·ka·ra·ta·no तत्रिमानिtat·ri·mā·ni रतनानि,ra·ta·nā·ni सेय्यथिदं—मुत्ता,sey·ya·thi·daṃ मणि,ma·ṇi वेळुरियो,ve·ḷu·ri·yo सङ्खो,saṅ·kho सिला,si·lā पवाळं,pa·vā·ḷaṃ रजतं,ra·ja·taṃ जातरूपं,jā·ta·rū·paṃ लोहितको,lo·hi·ta·ko मसारगल्लं—ma·sā·ra·gal·laṃ

    Yampi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo bahuratano anekaratano, tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṁ—muttā, maṇi, veḷuriyo, saṅkho, silā, pavāḷaṁ, rajataṁ, jātarūpaṁ, lohitako, masāragallaṁ—

    (Pāli only)

65. 65

    अयं,a·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de सत्तमोsat·ta·mo अच्छरियोac·cha·ri·yo अब्भुतोab·bhu·to धम्मो,dham·mo यंyaṃ दिस्वाdis·vā दिस्वाdis·vā असुराa·su·rā महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de अभिरमन्ति।a·bhi·ra·man·ti

    ayaṁ, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde sattamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.

    (Pāli only)

66. 66

    पुनpu·na चपरं,ca·pa·raṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्दोma·hā·sa·mud·do महतंma·ha·taṃ भूतानंbhū·tā·naṃ आवासो।ā·vā·so तत्रिमेtat·ri·me भूता—तिमि,bhū·tā तिमिङ्गलो,ti·miṅ·ga·lo तिमितिमिङ्गलो,ti·mi·ti·miṅ·ga·lo असुरा,a·su·rā नागा,nā·gā गन्धब्बा।gan·dhab·bā सन्तिsan·ti महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de योजनसतिकापिyo·ja·na·sa·ti·kā·pi अत्तभावा,at·ta·bhā·vā द्वियोजनसतिकापिdvi·yo·ja·na·sa·ti·kā·pi अत्तभावा,at·ta·bhā·vā तियोजनसतिकापिti·yo·ja·na·sa·ti·kā·pi अत्तभावा,at·ta·bhā·vā चतुयोजनसतिकापिca·tu·yo·ja·na·sa·ti·kā·pi अत्तभावा,at·ta·bhā·vā पञ्चयोजनसतिकापिpañ·ca·yo·ja·na·sa·ti·kā·pi अत्तभावा।at·ta·bhā·vā

    Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo mahataṁ bhūtānaṁ āvāso. Tatrime bhūtā—timi, timiṅgalo, timitimiṅgalo, asurā, nāgā, gandhabbā. Santi mahāsamudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, dviyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, tiyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, catuyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, pañcayojanasatikāpi attabhāvā.

    There are great beings in the ocean—sea monsters, antigods, dragons, and fairies; creatures with bodies one thousand kilometers long, two thousand, three thousand, four thousand, and five thousand kilometers long.

67. 67

    यम्पि,yam·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्दोma·hā·sa·mud·do महतंma·ha·taṃ भूतानंbhū·tā·naṃ आवासो,ā·vā·so तत्रिमेtat·ri·me भूता—तिमि,bhū·tā तिमिङ्गलो,ti·miṅ·ga·lo तिमितिमिङ्गलो,ti·mi·ti·miṅ·ga·lo असुरा,a·su·rā नागा,nā·gā गन्धब्बा;gan·dhab·bā सन्तिsan·ti महासमुद्दे,ma·hā·sa·mud·de योजनसतिकापिyo·ja·na·sa·ti·kā·pi अत्तभावाat·ta·bhā·vā …पे…pe पञ्चयोजनसतिकापिpañ·ca·yo·ja·na·sa·ti·kā·pi अत्तभावा—at·ta·bhā·vā

    Yampi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo mahataṁ bhūtānaṁ āvāso, tatrime bhūtā—timi, timiṅgalo, timitimiṅgalo, asurā, nāgā, gandhabbā; santi mahāsamudde, yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā …pe… pañcayojanasatikāpi attabhāvā—

    (Pāli only)

68. 68

    अयं,a·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de अट्ठमोaṭ·ṭha·mo अच्छरियोac·cha·ri·yo अब्भुतोab·bhu·to धम्मो,dham·mo यंyaṃ दिस्वाdis·vā दिस्वाdis·vā असुराa·su·rā महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de अभिरमन्ति।a·bhi·ra·man·ti

    ayaṁ, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde aṭṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.

    (Pāli only)

69. 69

    इमेi·me खो,kho भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de अट्ठaṭ·ṭha अच्छरियाac·cha·ri·yā अब्भुताab·bhu·tā धम्मा,dham·mā येye दिस्वाdis·vā दिस्वाdis·vā असुराa·su·rā महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de अभिरमन्”ति।a·bhi·ra·man

    Ime kho, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiraman”ti.

    (Pāli only)

70. 70

    3। इमस्मिंधम्मविनयेअट्ठच्छरियi·mas·miṃ·dham·ma·vi·na·ye·aṭ·ṭhac·cha·ri·ya

    3. Imasmiṁdhammavinayeaṭṭhacchariya

    3. The eight amazing qualities of this spiritual path

71. 71

    एवमेवe·va·me·va खो,kho भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye अट्ठaṭ·ṭha अच्छरियाac·cha·ri·yā अब्भुताab·bhu·tā धम्मा,dham·mā येye दिस्वाdis·vā दिस्वाdis·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye अभिरमन्ति।a·bhi·ra·man·ti

    Evameva kho, bhikkhave, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.

    “Just so, the monks delight in this spiritual path because they see eight amazing qualities in it:

72. 72

    कतमेka·ta·me अट्ठ?aṭ·ṭha

    Katame aṭṭha?

    (Pāli only)

73. 73

    सेय्यथापि,sey·ya·thā·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्दोma·hā·sa·mud·do अनुपुब्बनिन्नोa·nu·pub·ba·nin·no अनुपुब्बपोणोa·nu·pub·ba·po·ṇo अनुपुब्बपब्भारोa·nu·pub·ba·pab·bhā·ro नna आयतकेनेवā·ya·ta·ke·ne·va पपातो;pa·pā·to

    Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo anupubbaninno anupubbapoṇo anupubbapabbhāro na āyatakeneva papāto;

    Just as the ocean slopes and inclines gradually, and doesn’t drop off all at once,

74. 74

    एवमेवe·va·me·va खो,kho भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye अनुपुब्बसिक्खाa·nu·pub·ba·sik·khā अनुपुब्बकिरियाa·nu·pub·ba·ki·ri·yā अनुपुब्बपटिपदाa·nu·pub·ba·pa·ṭi·pa·dā नna आयतकेनेवā·ya·ta·ke·ne·va अञ्ञापटिवेधो।añ·ñā·pa·ṭi·ve·dho

    evameva kho, bhikkhave, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye anupubbasikkhā anupubbakiriyā anupubbapaṭipadā na āyatakeneva aññāpaṭivedho.

    so too, on this spiritual path, the training is gradual, the practice is gradual, and penetration to perfect insight doesn’t happen all at once.

75. 75

    यम्पि,yam·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye अनुपुब्बसिक्खाa·nu·pub·ba·sik·khā अनुपुब्बकिरियाa·nu·pub·ba·ki·ri·yā अनुपुब्बपटिपदाa·nu·pub·ba·pa·ṭi·pa·dā नna आयतकेनेवā·ya·ta·ke·ne·va अञ्ञापटिवेधो—añ·ñā·pa·ṭi·ve·dho

    Yampi, bhikkhave, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye anupubbasikkhā anupubbakiriyā anupubbapaṭipadā na āyatakeneva aññāpaṭivedho—

    (Pāli only)

76. 76

    अयं,a·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye पठमोpa·ṭha·mo अच्छरियोac·cha·ri·yo अब्भुतोab·bhu·to धम्मो,dham·mo यंyaṃ दिस्वाdis·vā दिस्वाdis·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye अभिरमन्ति।a·bhi·ra·man·ti

    ayaṁ, bhikkhave, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.

    (Pāli only)

77. 77

    सेय्यथापि,sey·ya·thā·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्दोma·hā·sa·mud·do ठितधम्मोṭhi·ta·dham·mo वेलंve·laṃ नातिवत्तति;nā·ti·vat·ta·ti

    Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo ṭhitadhammo velaṁ nātivattati;

    Just as the ocean is steady and doesn’t go beyond the shoreline,

78. 78

    एवमेवe·va·me·va खो,kho भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve यंyaṃ मयाma·yā ममma·ma सावकानंsā·va·kā·naṃ सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ पञ्ञत्तं,pañ·ñat·taṃ तंtaṃ ममma·ma सावकाsā·va·kā जीवितहेतुपिjī·vi·ta·he·tu·pi नातिक्कमन्ति।nā·tik·ka·man·ti

    evameva kho, bhikkhave, yaṁ mayā mama sāvakānaṁ sikkhāpadaṁ paññattaṁ, taṁ mama sāvakā jīvitahetupi nātikkamanti.

    so too, on this spiritual path, my disciples don’t transgress the training rules I’ve laid down, even for the sake of life.

79. 79

    यम्पि,yam·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve मयाma·yā ममma·ma सावकानंsā·va·kā·naṃ सिक्खापदंsik·khā·pa·daṃ पञ्ञत्तं,pañ·ñat·taṃ तंtaṃ ममma·ma सावकाsā·va·kā जीवितहेतुपिjī·vi·ta·he·tu·pi नातिक्कमन्ति—nā·tik·ka·man·ti

    Yampi, bhikkhave, mayā mama sāvakānaṁ sikkhāpadaṁ paññattaṁ, taṁ mama sāvakā jīvitahetupi nātikkamanti—

    (Pāli only)

80. 80

    अयं,a·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye दुतियोdu·ti·yo अच्छरियोac·cha·ri·yo अब्भुतोab·bhu·to धम्मो,dham·mo यंyaṃ दिस्वाdis·vā दिस्वाdis·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye अभिरमन्ति।a·bhi·ra·man·ti

    ayaṁ, bhikkhave, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye dutiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.

    (Pāli only)

81. 81

    सेय्यथापि,sey·ya·thā·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्दोma·hā·sa·mud·do नna मतेनma·te·na कुणपेनku·ṇa·pe·na संवसति,saṃ·va·sa·ti यंyaṃ होतिho·ti महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de मतंma·taṃ कुणपंku·ṇa·paṃ तंtaṃ खिप्पमेवkhip·pa·me·va तीरंtī·raṃ वाहेति,vā·he·ti थलंtha·laṃ उस्सारेति;us·sā·re·ti

    Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo na matena kuṇapena saṁvasati, yaṁ hoti mahāsamudde mataṁ kuṇapaṁ taṁ khippameva tīraṁ vāheti, thalaṁ ussāreti;

    Just as the ocean doesn’t tolerate dead bodies, but quickly carries them to the shore and dumps them on dry land,

82. 82

    एवमेवe·va·me·va खो,kho भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve योyo सोso पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo दुस्सीलोdus·sī·lo पापधम्मोpā·pa·dham·mo असुचिसङ्कस्सरसमाचारोa·su·ci·saṅ·kas·sa·ra·sa·mā·cā·ro पटिच्छन्नकम्मन्तोpa·ṭic·chan·na·kam·man·to अस्समणोas·sa·ma·ṇo समणपटिञ्ञोsa·ma·ṇa·pa·ṭiñ·ño अब्रह्मचारीab·rah·ma·cā·rī ब्रह्मचारिपटिञ्ञोbrah·ma·cā·ri·pa·ṭiñ·ño अन्तोपूतिan·to·pū·ti अवस्सुतोa·vas·su·to कसम्बुजातो,ka·sam·bu·jā·to नna तेनte·na सङ्घोsaṅ·gho संवसति,saṃ·va·sa·ti खिप्पमेवkhip·pa·me·va नंnaṃ सन्निपतित्वाsan·ni·pa·tit·vā उक्खिपति,uk·khi·pa·ti किञ्चापिkiñ·cā·pi खोkho सोso होतिho·ti मज्झेmaj·jhe भिक्खुसङ्घस्सbhik·khu·saṅ·ghas·sa निसिन्नो।ni·sin·no अथa·tha खोkho सोso आरकावā·ra·kā·va सङ्घम्हा,saṅ·gham·hā सङ्घोsaṅ·gho चca तेन।te·na

    evameva kho, bhikkhave, yo so puggalo dussīlo pāpadhammo asucisaṅkassarasamācāro paṭicchannakammanto assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño antopūti avassuto kasambujāto, na tena saṅgho saṁvasati, khippameva naṁ sannipatitvā ukkhipati, kiñcāpi kho so hoti majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa nisinno. Atha kho so ārakāva saṅghamhā, saṅgho ca tena.

    so too, the Sangha of monks doesn’t associate with anyone who is immoral—someone with bad qualities, impure and dubious in conduct, hiding his actions, not a monastic while claiming to be one, not abstaining from sexuality while claiming to do so, rotten inside, lustful, defiled. When the Sangha has gathered, they quickly eject him. Even if seated in the midst of the Sangha, he’s far from the Sangha and the Sangha is far from him.

83. 83

    यम्पि,yam·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve योyo सोso पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo दुस्सीलोdus·sī·lo पापधम्मोpā·pa·dham·mo असुचिसङ्कस्सरसमाचारोa·su·ci·saṅ·kas·sa·ra·sa·mā·cā·ro पटिच्छन्नकम्मन्तोpa·ṭic·chan·na·kam·man·to अस्समणोas·sa·ma·ṇo समणपटिञ्ञोsa·ma·ṇa·pa·ṭiñ·ño अब्रह्मचारीab·rah·ma·cā·rī ब्रह्मचारिपटिञ्ञोbrah·ma·cā·ri·pa·ṭiñ·ño अन्तोपूतिan·to·pū·ti अवस्सुतोa·vas·su·to कसम्बुजातो,ka·sam·bu·jā·to नna तेनte·na सङ्घोsaṅ·gho संवसति,saṃ·va·sa·ti खिप्पमेवkhip·pa·me·va नंnaṃ सन्निपतित्वाsan·ni·pa·tit·vā उक्खिपति,uk·khi·pa·ti किञ्चापिkiñ·cā·pi खोkho सोso होतिho·ti मज्झेmaj·jhe भिक्खुसङ्घस्सbhik·khu·saṅ·ghas·sa निसिन्नो,ni·sin·no अथa·tha खोkho सोso आरकावā·ra·kā·va सङ्घम्हा,saṅ·gham·hā सङ्घोsaṅ·gho चca तेन—te·na

    Yampi, bhikkhave, yo so puggalo dussīlo pāpadhammo asucisaṅkassarasamācāro paṭicchannakammanto assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño antopūti avassuto kasambujāto, na tena saṅgho saṁvasati, khippameva naṁ sannipatitvā ukkhipati, kiñcāpi kho so hoti majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa nisinno, atha kho so ārakāva saṅghamhā, saṅgho ca tena—

    (Pāli only)

84. 84

    अयं,a·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye ततियोta·ti·yo अच्छरियोac·cha·ri·yo अब्भुतोab·bhu·to धम्मो,dham·mo यंyaṃ दिस्वाdis·vā दिस्वाdis·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye अभिरमन्ति।a·bhi·ra·man·ti

    ayaṁ, bhikkhave, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.

    (Pāli only)

85. 85

    सेय्यथापि,sey·ya·thā·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve याyā काचिkā·ci महानदियो,ma·hā·na·di·yo सेय्यथिदं—गङ्गा,sey·ya·thi·daṃ यमुना,ya·mu·nā अचिरवती,a·ci·ra·va·tī सरभू,sa·ra·bhū मही,ma·hī ताtā महासमुद्दंma·hā·sa·mud·daṃ पत्ताpat·tā जहन्तिja·han·ti पुरिमानिpu·ri·mā·ni नामगोत्तानि,nā·ma·got·tā·ni महासमुद्दोत्वेवma·hā·sa·mud·dot·ve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छन्ति;gac·chan·ti

    Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yā kāci mahānadiyo, seyyathidaṁ—gaṅgā, yamunā, aciravatī, sarabhū, mahī, tā mahāsamuddaṁ pattā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, mahāsamuddotveva saṅkhaṁ gacchanti;

    Just as when the great rivers—the Ganges, the Yamunā, the Aciravatī, the Sarabhū, or the Mahī—reach the ocean, they lose their former names and become known simply as the ocean,

86. 86

    एवमेवe·va·me·va खो,kho भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve चत्तारोमेcat·tā·ro·me वण्णा—खत्तिया,vaṇ·ṇā ब्राह्मणा,brāh·ma·ṇā वेस्सा,ves·sā सुद्दा।sud·dā तेte तथागतप्पवेदितेta·thā·ga·tap·pa·ve·di·te धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye अगारस्माa·gā·ras·mā अनगारियंa·na·gā·ri·yaṃ पब्बजित्वाpab·ba·jit·vā जहन्तिja·han·ti पुरिमानिpu·ri·mā·ni नामगोत्तानि,nā·ma·got·tā·ni समणाsa·ma·ṇā सक्यपुत्तियात्वेवsak·ya·put·ti·yāt·ve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छन्ति।gac·chan·ti

    evameva kho, bhikkhave, cattārome vaṇṇā—khattiyā, brāhmaṇā, vessā, suddā. Te tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, samaṇā sakyaputtiyātveva saṅkhaṁ gacchanti.

    so too, when anyone goes forth on this spiritual path proclaimed by the Buddha—whether an aristocrat, brahmin, merchant, or worker—they lose their former name and class and become known simply as a Sakyan monastic.

87. 87

    यम्पि,yam·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve चत्तारोमेcat·tā·ro·me वण्णाvaṇ·ṇā खत्तियाkhat·ti·yā ब्राह्मणाbrāh·ma·ṇā वेस्साves·sā सुद्दा,sud·dā तेte तथागतप्पवेदितेta·thā·ga·tap·pa·ve·di·te धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye अगारस्माa·gā·ras·mā अनगारियंa·na·gā·ri·yaṃ पब्बजित्वाpab·ba·jit·vā जहन्तिja·han·ti पुरिमानिpu·ri·mā·ni नामगोत्तानि,nā·ma·got·tā·ni समणाsa·ma·ṇā सक्यपुत्तियात्वेवsak·ya·put·ti·yāt·ve·va सङ्खंsaṅ·khaṃ गच्छन्ति—gac·chan·ti

    Yampi, bhikkhave, cattārome vaṇṇā khattiyā brāhmaṇā vessā suddā, te tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajitvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, samaṇā sakyaputtiyātveva saṅkhaṁ gacchanti—

    (Pāli only)

88. 88

    अयं,a·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye चतुत्थोca·tut·tho अच्छरियोac·cha·ri·yo अब्भुतोab·bhu·to धम्मो,dham·mo यंyaṃ दिस्वाdis·vā दिस्वाdis·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye अभिरमन्ति।a·bhi·ra·man·ti

    ayaṁ, bhikkhave, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.

    (Pāli only)

89. 89

    सेय्यथापि,sey·ya·thā·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve याyā चca लोकेlo·ke सवन्तियोsa·van·ti·yo महासमुद्दंma·hā·sa·mud·daṃ अप्पेन्ति,ap·pen·ti याyā चca अन्तलिक्खाan·ta·lik·khā धाराdhā·rā पपतन्ति,pa·pa·tan·ti नna तेनte·na महासमुद्दस्सma·hā·sa·mud·das·sa ऊनत्तंū·nat·taṃ वाvā पूरत्तंpū·rat·taṃ वाvā पञ्ञायति;pañ·ñā·ya·ti

    Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yā ca loke savantiyo mahāsamuddaṁ appenti, yā ca antalikkhā dhārā papatanti, na tena mahāsamuddassa ūnattaṁ vā pūrattaṁ vā paññāyati;

    Just as the ocean doesn’t decrease or fill up because of all the rivers in the world that flow into it or the rain that falls into it,

90. 90

    एवमेवe·va·me·va खो,kho भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve बहूba·hū चेपिce·pi भिक्खूbhik·khū अनुपादिसेसायa·nu·pā·di·se·sā·ya निब्बानधातुयाnib·bā·na·dhā·tu·yā परिनिब्बायन्ति,pa·ri·nib·bā·yan·ti नna तेनte·na निब्बानधातुयाnib·bā·na·dhā·tu·yā ऊनत्तंū·nat·taṃ वाvā पूरत्तंpū·rat·taṃ वाvā पञ्ञायति।pañ·ñā·ya·ti

    evameva kho, bhikkhave, bahū cepi bhikkhū anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyanti, na tena nibbānadhātuyā ūnattaṁ vā pūrattaṁ vā paññāyati.

    so too, even if many monks are extinguished without remainder, there’s no decrease or filling up of the element of extinguishment.

91. 91

    यम्पि,yam·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve बहूba·hū चेपिce·pi भिक्खूbhik·khū अनुपादिसेसायa·nu·pā·di·se·sā·ya निब्बानधातुयाnib·bā·na·dhā·tu·yā परिनिब्बायन्ति,pa·ri·nib·bā·yan·ti नna तेनte·na निब्बानधातुयाnib·bā·na·dhā·tu·yā ऊनत्तंū·nat·taṃ वाvā पूरत्तंpū·rat·taṃ वाvā पञ्ञायति—pañ·ñā·ya·ti

    Yampi, bhikkhave, bahū cepi bhikkhū anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyanti, na tena nibbānadhātuyā ūnattaṁ vā pūrattaṁ vā paññāyati—

    (Pāli only)

92. 92

    अयं,a·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye पञ्चमोpañ·ca·mo अच्छरियोac·cha·ri·yo अब्भुतोab·bhu·to धम्मोdham·mo यंyaṃ दिस्वाdis·vā दिस्वाdis·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye अभिरमन्ति।a·bhi·ra·man·ti

    ayaṁ, bhikkhave, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye pañcamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo yaṁ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.

    (Pāli only)

93. 93

    सेय्यथापि,sey·ya·thā·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्दोma·hā·sa·mud·do एकरसोe·ka·ra·so लोणरसो;lo·ṇa·ra·so

    Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo ekaraso loṇaraso;

    Just as the ocean has only one taste, the taste of salt,

94. 94

    एवमेवe·va·me·va खो,kho भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve अयंa·yaṃ धम्मविनयोdham·ma·vi·na·yo एकरसोe·ka·ra·so विमुत्तिरसो।vi·mut·ti·ra·so

    evameva kho, bhikkhave, ayaṁ dhammavinayo ekaraso vimuttiraso.

    so too, this spiritual path has only one taste, the taste of freedom.

95. 95

    यम्पि,yam·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve अयंa·yaṃ धम्मविनयोdham·ma·vi·na·yo एकरसोe·ka·ra·so विमुत्तिरसो—vi·mut·ti·ra·so

    Yampi, bhikkhave, ayaṁ dhammavinayo ekaraso vimuttiraso—

    (Pāli only)

96. 96

    अयं,a·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye छट्ठोchaṭ·ṭho अच्छरियोac·cha·ri·yo अब्भुतोab·bhu·to धम्मो,dham·mo यंyaṃ दिस्वाdis·vā दिस्वाdis·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye अभिरमन्ति।a·bhi·ra·man·ti

    ayaṁ, bhikkhave, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye chaṭṭho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.

    (Pāli only)

97. 97

    सेय्यथापि,sey·ya·thā·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्दोma·hā·sa·mud·do बहुरतनोba·hu·ra·ta·no अनेकरतनो,a·ne·ka·ra·ta·no तत्रिमानिtat·ri·mā·ni रतनानि,ra·ta·nā·ni सेय्यथिदं—मुत्ता,sey·ya·thi·daṃ मणि,ma·ṇi वेळुरियो,ve·ḷu·ri·yo सङ्खो,saṅ·kho सिला,si·lā पवाळं,pa·vā·ḷaṃ रजतं,ra·ja·taṃ जातरूपं,jā·ta·rū·paṃ लोहितको,lo·hi·ta·ko मसारगल्लं;ma·sā·ra·gal·laṃ

    Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo bahuratano anekaratano, tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṁ—muttā, maṇi, veḷuriyo, saṅkho, silā, pavāḷaṁ, rajataṁ, jātarūpaṁ, lohitako, masāragallaṁ;

    Just as the ocean contains many precious things—pearls, gems, beryls, mother-of-pearls, quartz, corals, silver, gold, rubies, and cat’s eyes—

98. 98

    एवमेवe·va·me·va खो,kho भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve अयंa·yaṃ धम्मविनयोdham·ma·vi·na·yo बहुरतनोba·hu·ra·ta·no अनेकरतनो।a·ne·ka·ra·ta·no तत्रिमानिtat·ri·mā·ni रतनानि,ra·ta·nā·ni सेय्यथिदं—चत्तारोsey·ya·thi·daṃ सतिपट्ठाना,sa·ti·paṭ·ṭhā·nā चत्तारोcat·tā·ro सम्मप्पधाना,sam·map·pa·dhā·nā चत्तारोcat·tā·ro इद्धिपादा,id·dhi·pā·dā पञ्चिन्द्रियानि,pañ·cin·dri·yā·ni पञ्चpañ·ca बलानि,ba·lā·ni सत्तsat·ta बोज्झङ्गा,boj·jhaṅ·gā अरियोa·ri·yo अट्ठङ्गिकोaṭ·ṭhaṅ·gi·ko मग्गो।mag·go

    evameva kho, bhikkhave, ayaṁ dhammavinayo bahuratano anekaratano. Tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṁ—cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo.

    so too, this spiritual path contains many precious things—the four applications of mindfulness, the four right efforts, the four foundations for supernormal power, the five spiritual faculties, the five spiritual powers, the seven factors of awakening, and the noble eightfold path.

99. 99

    यम्पि,yam·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve अयंa·yaṃ धम्मविनयोdham·ma·vi·na·yo बहुरतनोba·hu·ra·ta·no अनेकरतनो,a·ne·ka·ra·ta·no तत्रिमानिtat·ri·mā·ni रतनानि,ra·ta·nā·ni सेय्यथिदं—चत्तारोsey·ya·thi·daṃ सतिपट्ठानाsa·ti·paṭ·ṭhā·nā …पे…pe अरियोa·ri·yo अट्ठङ्गिकोaṭ·ṭhaṅ·gi·ko मग्गो—mag·go

    Yampi, bhikkhave, ayaṁ dhammavinayo bahuratano anekaratano, tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṁ—cattāro satipaṭṭhānā …pe… ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo—

    (Pāli only)

100. 100

     अयं,a·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye सत्तमोsat·ta·mo अच्छरियोac·cha·ri·yo अब्भुतोab·bhu·to धम्मो,dham·mo यंyaṃ दिस्वाdis·vā दिस्वाdis·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye अभिरमन्ति।a·bhi·ra·man·ti

     ayaṁ, bhikkhave, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye sattamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.

     (Pāli only)

101. 101

     सेय्यथापि,sey·ya·thā·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve महासमुद्दोma·hā·sa·mud·do महतंma·ha·taṃ भूतानंbhū·tā·naṃ आवासो,ā·vā·so तत्रिमेtat·ri·me भूता—तिमि,bhū·tā तिमिङ्गलो,ti·miṅ·ga·lo तिमितिमिङ्गलो,ti·mi·ti·miṅ·ga·lo असुरा,a·su·rā नागा,nā·gā गन्धब्बा,gan·dhab·bā सन्तिsan·ti महासमुद्देma·hā·sa·mud·de योजनसतिकापिyo·ja·na·sa·ti·kā·pi अत्तभावा,at·ta·bhā·vā द्वियोजनसतिकापिdvi·yo·ja·na·sa·ti·kā·pi अत्तभावा,at·ta·bhā·vā तियोजनसतिकापिti·yo·ja·na·sa·ti·kā·pi अत्तभावा,at·ta·bhā·vā चतुयोजनसतिकापिca·tu·yo·ja·na·sa·ti·kā·pi अत्तभावा,at·ta·bhā·vā पञ्चयोजनसतिकापिpañ·ca·yo·ja·na·sa·ti·kā·pi अत्तभावा;at·ta·bhā·vā

     Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo mahataṁ bhūtānaṁ āvāso, tatrime bhūtā—timi, timiṅgalo, timitimiṅgalo, asurā, nāgā, gandhabbā, santi mahāsamudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, dviyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, tiyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, catuyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, pañcayojanasatikāpi attabhāvā;

     Just as there are great beings in the ocean—sea monsters, antigods, dragons, and fairies; creatures with bodies one thousand kilometers long, two thousand, three thousand, four thousand, and five thousand kilometers long—

102. 102

     एवमेवe·va·me·va खो,kho भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve अयंa·yaṃ धम्मविनयोdham·ma·vi·na·yo महतंma·ha·taṃ भूतानंbhū·tā·naṃ आवासो।ā·vā·so तत्रिमेtat·ri·me भूता—सोतापन्नो,bhū·tā सोतापत्तिफलसच्छिकिरियायso·tā·pat·ti·pha·la·sac·chi·ki·ri·yā·ya पटिपन्नो;pa·ṭi·pan·no सकदागामी,sa·ka·dā·gā·mī सकदागामिफलसच्छिकिरियायsa·ka·dā·gā·mi·pha·la·sac·chi·ki·ri·yā·ya पटिपन्नो;pa·ṭi·pan·no अनागामी,a·nā·gā·mī अनागामिफलसच्छिकिरियायa·nā·gā·mi·pha·la·sac·chi·ki·ri·yā·ya पटिपन्नो;pa·ṭi·pan·no अरहा,a·ra·hā अरहत्तफलसच्छिकिरियायa·ra·hat·ta·pha·la·sac·chi·ki·ri·yā·ya पटिपन्नो।pa·ṭi·pan·no

     evameva kho, bhikkhave, ayaṁ dhammavinayo mahataṁ bhūtānaṁ āvāso. Tatrime bhūtā—sotāpanno, sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno; sakadāgāmī, sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno; anāgāmī, anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno; arahā, arahattaphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno.

     so too, there are great beings on this spiritual path—streamenterers, those practicing for the realization of the fruit of streamentry; once-returners, those practicing for the realization of the fruit of once-returning; non-returners, those practicing for the realization of the fruit of non-returning; perfected ones, and those practicing for the realization of the fruit of perfection.”

103. 103

     यम्पि,yam·pi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve अयंa·yaṃ धम्मविनयोdham·ma·vi·na·yo महतंma·ha·taṃ भूतानंbhū·tā·naṃ आवासो,ā·vā·so तत्रिमेtat·ri·me भूता—सोतापन्नो,bhū·tā सोतापत्तिफलसच्छिकिरियायso·tā·pat·ti·pha·la·sac·chi·ki·ri·yā·ya पटिपन्नोpa·ṭi·pan·no …पे…pe अरहा,a·ra·hā अरहत्तफलसच्छिकिरियायa·ra·hat·ta·pha·la·sac·chi·ki·ri·yā·ya पटिपन्नो—pa·ṭi·pan·no

     Yampi, bhikkhave, ayaṁ dhammavinayo mahataṁ bhūtānaṁ āvāso, tatrime bhūtā—sotāpanno, sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno …pe… arahā, arahattaphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno—

     (Pāli only)

104. 104

     अयं,a·yaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye अट्ठमोaṭ·ṭha·mo अच्छरियोac·cha·ri·yo अब्भुतोab·bhu·to धम्मो,dham·mo यंyaṃ दिस्वाdis·vā दिस्वाdis·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye अभिरमन्ति।a·bhi·ra·man·ti

     ayaṁ, bhikkhave, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye aṭṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṁ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.

     (Pāli only)

105. 105

     इमेi·me खो,kho भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye अट्ठaṭ·ṭha अच्छरियाac·cha·ri·yā अब्भुताab·bhu·tā धम्मा,dham·mā येye दिस्वाdis·vā दिस्वाdis·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū इमस्मिंi·mas·miṃ धम्मविनयेdham·ma·vi·na·ye अभिरमन्ती”ति।a·bhi·ra·man·tī

     Ime kho, bhikkhave, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṁ dhammavinaye abhiramantī”ti.

     (Pāli only)

106. 106

     अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ विदित्वाvi·dit·vā तायंtā·yaṃ वेलायंve·lā·yaṃ इमंi·maṃ उदानंu·dā·naṃ उदानेसि—u·dā·ne·si

     Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṁ viditvā tāyaṁ velāyaṁ imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi—

     Seeing the significance of this, on that occasion the Buddha uttered a heartfelt exclamation:

107. 107

     “छन्नमतिवस्सति,chan·na·ma·ti·vas·sa·ti

     “Channamativassati,

     “It rains on what’s concealed,

108. 108

     विवटंvi·va·ṭaṃ नातिवस्सति;nā·ti·vas·sa·ti

     vivaṭaṁ nātivassati;

     Not on what’s revealed.

109. 109

     तस्माtas·mā छन्नंchan·naṃ विवरेथ,vi·va·re·tha

     Tasmā channaṁ vivaretha,

     Therefore, reveal the concealed,

110. 110

     एवंe·vaṃ तंtaṃ नातिवस्सती”ति।nā·ti·vas·sa·tī

     evaṁ taṁ nātivassatī”ti.

     And it won’t be rained upon.”

111. 111

     4। पातिमोक्खसवनारहpā·ti·mok·kha·sa·va·nā·ra·ha

     4. Pātimokkhasavanāraha

     4. One deserving to hear the Monastic Code

112. 112

     अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū आमन्तेसि—ā·man·te·si

     Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi—

     The Buddha addressed the monks:

113. 113

     “नदानाहं,na·dā·nā·haṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इतोi·to परंpa·raṃ उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करिस्सामि,ka·ris·sā·mi पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ उद्दिसिस्सामि।ud·di·sis·sā·mi

     “nadānāhaṁ, bhikkhave, ito paraṁ uposathaṁ karissāmi, pātimokkhaṁ uddisissāmi.

     “From now on, monks, I won’t be doing the observance-day ceremony or recite the Monastic Code.

114. 114

     तुम्हेवदानि,tum·he·va·dā·ni भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इतोi·to परंpa·raṃ उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करेय्याथ,ka·rey·yā·tha पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ उद्दिसेय्याथ।ud·di·sey·yā·tha

     Tumhevadāni, bhikkhave, ito paraṁ uposathaṁ kareyyātha, pātimokkhaṁ uddiseyyātha.

     You should do it instead.

115. 115

     अट्ठानमेतं,aṭ·ṭhā·na·me·taṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve अनवकासोa·na·va·kā·so यंyaṃ तथागतोta·thā·ga·to अपरिसुद्धायa·pa·ri·sud·dhā·ya परिसायpa·ri·sā·ya उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करेय्य,ka·rey·ya पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ उद्दिसेय्य।ud·di·sey·ya

     Aṭṭhānametaṁ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṁ tathāgato aparisuddhāya parisāya uposathaṁ kareyya, pātimokkhaṁ uddiseyya.

     It’s impossible for the Buddha to do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code in an impure gathering.

116. 116

     नna च,ca भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सापत्तिकेनsā·pat·ti·ke·na पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ सोतब्बं।so·tab·baṃ

     Na ca, bhikkhave, sāpattikena pātimokkhaṁ sotabbaṁ.

     And, monks, you shouldn’t listen to the Monastic Code if you have an unconfessed offense.

117. 117

     योyo सुणेय्य,su·ṇey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Yo suṇeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.

118. 118

     अनुजानामि,a·nu·jā·nā·mi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve योyo सापत्तिकोsā·pat·ti·ko पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ सुणाति,su·ṇā·ti तस्सtas·sa पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतुं।ṭha·pe·tuṃ

     Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yo sāpattiko pātimokkhaṁ suṇāti, tassa pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapetuṁ.

     If anyone who has an unconfessed offense listens to the Monastic Code, I allow you to cancel his hearing of the Monastic Code.

119. 119

     एवञ्चe·vañ·ca पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve ठपेतब्बं।ṭha·pe·tab·baṃ

     Evañca pana, bhikkhave, ṭhapetabbaṁ.

     And it should be done like this.

120. 120

     तदहुपोसथेta·da·hu·po·sa·the चातुद्दसेcā·tud·da·se वाvā पन्नरसेpan·na·ra·se वाvā तस्मिंtas·miṃ पुग्गलेpug·ga·le सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te सङ्घमज्झेsaṅ·gha·maj·jhe उदाहरितब्बं—u·dā·ha·ri·tab·baṃ

     Tadahuposathe cātuddase vā pannarase vā tasmiṁ puggale sammukhībhūte saṅghamajjhe udāharitabbaṁ—

     On the observance day, whether the fourteenth or the fifteenth, in the midst of the Sangha and in the presence of that person, you should announce:

121. 121

     ‘सुणातुsu·ṇā·tu मे,me भन्ते,bhan·te सङ्घो।saṅ·gho

     ‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.

     ‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.

122. 122

     इत्थन्नामोit·than·nā·mo पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo सापत्तिको,sā·pat·ti·ko तस्सtas·sa पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेमि,ṭha·pe·mi नna तस्मिंtas·miṃ सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ उद्दिसितब्बन्’तिud·di·si·tab·ban

     Itthannāmo puggalo sāpattiko, tassa pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapemi, na tasmiṁ sammukhībhūte pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabban’ti

     So-and-so has an unconfessed offense. I cancel his hearing of the Monastic Code. The Monastic Code shouldn’t be recited in his presence.’

123. 123

     ठपितंṭha·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti पातिमोक्खन्”ति।pā·ti·mok·khan

     ṭhapitaṁ hoti pātimokkhan”ti.

     Then his hearing of the Monastic Code is canceled.”

124. 124

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na छब्बग्गियाchab·bag·gi·yā भिक्खू—bhik·khū

     Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū—

     Soon afterwards,

125. 125

     “नाम्हेnām·he कोचिko·ci जानाती”तिjā·nā·tī सापत्तिकावsā·pat·ti·kā·va पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ सुणन्ति।su·ṇan·ti

     “nāmhe koci jānātī”ti sāpattikāva pātimokkhaṁ suṇanti.

     thinking that nobody knew about them, the monks from the group of six listened to the Monastic Code while having unconfessed offenses.

126. 126

     थेराthe·rā भिक्खूbhik·khū परचित्तविदुनोpa·ra·cit·ta·vi·du·no भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ आरोचेन्ति—ā·ro·cen·ti

     Therā bhikkhū paracittaviduno bhikkhūnaṁ ārocenti—

     The senior monks who could read the minds of others

127. 127

     “इत्थन्नामोit·than·nā·mo चca इत्थन्नामोit·than·nā·mo च,ca आवुसो,ā·vu·so छब्बग्गियाchab·bag·gi·yā भिक्खू—bhik·khū

     “itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca, āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū—

     informed the monks about this.

128. 128

     ‘नाम्हेnām·he कोचिko·ci जानाती’तिjā·nā·tī सापत्तिकावsā·pat·ti·kā·va पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ सुणन्ती”ति।su·ṇan·tī

     ‘nāmhe koci jānātī’ti sāpattikāva pātimokkhaṁ suṇantī”ti.

     (Pāli only)

129. 129

     अस्सोसुंas·so·suṃ खोkho छब्बग्गियाchab·bag·gi·yā भिक्खू—bhik·khū

     Assosuṁ kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū—

     When they heard about it,

130. 130

     “थेराthe·rā किरki·ra भिक्खूbhik·khū परचित्तविदुनोpa·ra·cit·ta·vi·du·no अम्हेam·he भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ आरोचेन्ति—ā·ro·cen·ti

     “therā kira bhikkhū paracittaviduno amhe bhikkhūnaṁ ārocenti—

     (Pāli only)

131. 131

     ‘इत्थन्नामोit·than·nā·mo चca इत्थन्नामोit·than·nā·mo च,ca आवुसो,ā·vu·so छब्बग्गियाchab·bag·gi·yā भिक्खू—bhik·khū

     ‘itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca, āvuso, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū—

     (Pāli only)

132. 132

     “नाम्हेnām·he कोचिko·ci जानाती”तिjā·nā·tī सापत्तिकावsā·pat·ti·kā·va पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ सुणन्ती’”ति।su·ṇan·tī

     “nāmhe koci jānātī”ti sāpattikāva pātimokkhaṁ suṇantī’”ti.

     (Pāli only)

133. 133

     ते—te

     Te—

     (Pāli only)

134. 134

     “पुरम्हाकंpu·ram·hā·kaṃ पेसलाpe·sa·lā भिक्खूbhik·khū पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेन्ती”ति—ṭha·pen·tī

     “puramhākaṁ pesalā bhikkhū pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapentī”ti—

     (Pāli only)

135. 135

     पटिकच्चेवpa·ṭi·kac·ce·va सुद्धानंsud·dhā·naṃ भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ अनापत्तिकानंa·nā·pat·ti·kā·naṃ अवत्थुस्मिंa·vat·thus·miṃ अकारणेa·kā·ra·ṇe पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेन्ति।ṭha·pen·ti

     paṭikacceva suddhānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ anāpattikānaṁ avatthusmiṁ akāraṇe pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapenti.

     the monks from the group of six tried to pre-empt the pure monks by, without reason, canceling their hearing of the Monastic Code.

136. 136

     येye तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū अप्पिच्छाap·pic·chā …पे…pe तेte उज्झायन्तिuj·jhā·yan·ti खिय्यन्तिkhiy·yan·ti विपाचेन्ति—vi·pā·cen·ti

     Ye te bhikkhū appicchā …pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—

     The monks of few desires complained and criticized them,

137. 137

     “कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma छब्बग्गियाchab·bag·gi·yā भिक्खूbhik·khū सुद्धानंsud·dhā·naṃ भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ अनापत्तिकानंa·nā·pat·ti·kā·naṃ अवत्थुस्मिंa·vat·thus·miṃ अकारणेa·kā·ra·ṇe पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेस्सन्ती”ति।ṭha·pes·san·tī

     “kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū suddhānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ anāpattikānaṁ avatthusmiṁ akāraṇe pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapessantī”ti.

     “How could the monks from the group of six cancel the Monastic Code of pure monks without reason?”

138. 138

     अथa·tha खोkho तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुंā·ro·ce·suṃ …पे…pe

     Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…

     They told the Buddha. Soon afterwards he had the Sangha gathered and questioned the monks:

139. 139

     “सच्चंsac·caṃ किर,ki·ra भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve छब्बग्गियाchab·bag·gi·yā भिक्खूbhik·khū सुद्धानंsud·dhā·naṃ भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ अनापत्तिकानंa·nā·pat·ti·kā·naṃ अवत्थुस्मिंa·vat·thus·miṃ अकारणेa·kā·ra·ṇe पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेन्ती”ति?ṭha·pen·tī

     “saccaṁ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū suddhānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ anāpattikānaṁ avatthusmiṁ akāraṇe pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapentī”ti?

     “Is it true, monks, that the monks from the group of six did this?”

140. 140

     “सच्चं,sac·caṃ भगवा”तिbha·ga·vā …पे…pe

     “Saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti …pe…

     “It’s true, sir.” …

141. 141

     विगरहित्वाvi·ga·ra·hit·vā …पे…pe

     vigarahitvā …pe…

     After rebuking them …

142. 142

     धम्मिंdham·miṃ कथंka·thaṃ कत्वाkat·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū आमन्तेसि—ā·man·te·si

     dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

     the Buddha gave a teaching and addressed the monks:

143. 143

     “न,na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सुद्धानंsud·dhā·naṃ भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ अनापत्तिकानंa·nā·pat·ti·kā·naṃ अवत्थुस्मिंa·vat·thus·miṃ अकारणेa·kā·ra·ṇe पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतब्बं।ṭha·pe·tab·baṃ

     “na, bhikkhave, suddhānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ anāpattikānaṁ avatthusmiṁ akāraṇe pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapetabbaṁ.

     “You shouldn’t, without reason, cancel the Monastic Code of pure monks who don’t have any offenses.

144. 144

     योyo ठपेय्य,ṭha·pey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Yo ṭhapeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

145. 145

     5। धम्मिकाधम्मिकपातिमोक्खट्ठपनdham·mi·kā·dham·mi·ka·pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·na

     5. Dhammikādhammikapātimokkhaṭṭhapana

     5. Legitimate and illegitimate canceling of the Monastic Code

146. 146

     एकं,e·kaṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve अधम्मिकंa·dham·mi·kaṃ पातिमोक्खट्ठपनं,pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·naṃ एकंe·kaṃ धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ पातिमोक्खट्ठपनं;pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·naṃ

     Ekaṁ, bhikkhave, adhammikaṁ pātimokkhaṭṭhapanaṁ, ekaṁ dhammikaṁ pātimokkhaṭṭhapanaṁ;

     “One kind of canceling of the Monastic Code is illegitimate, one is legitimate;

147. 147

     द्वेdve अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि,pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni द्वेdve धम्मिकानि;dham·mi·kā·ni

     dve adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni, dve dhammikāni;

     two kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code are illegitimate, two are legitimate;

148. 148

     तीणिtī·ṇi अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि,pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni तीणिtī·ṇi धम्मिकानि;dham·mi·kā·ni

     tīṇi adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni, tīṇi dhammikāni;

     three kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code are illegitimate, three are legitimate;

149. 149

     चत्तारिcat·tā·ri अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि,pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni चत्तारिcat·tā·ri धम्मिकानि;dham·mi·kā·ni

     cattāri adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni, cattāri dhammikāni;

     four kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code are illegitimate, four are legitimate;

150. 150

     पञ्चpañ·ca अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि,pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni पञ्चpañ·ca धम्मिकानि;dham·mi·kā·ni

     pañca adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni, pañca dhammikāni;

     five kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code are illegitimate, five are legitimate;

151. 151

     छcha अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि,pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni छcha धम्मिकानि;dham·mi·kā·ni

     cha adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni, cha dhammikāni;

     six kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code are illegitimate, six are legitimate;

152. 152

     सत्तsat·ta अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि,pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni सत्तsat·ta धम्मिकानि;dham·mi·kā·ni

     satta adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni, satta dhammikāni;

     seven kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code are illegitimate, seven are legitimate;

153. 153

     अट्ठaṭ·ṭha अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि,pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni अट्ठaṭ·ṭha धम्मिकानि;dham·mi·kā·ni

     aṭṭha adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni, aṭṭha dhammikāni;

     eight kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code are illegitimate, eight are legitimate;

154. 154

     नवna·va अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि,pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni नवna·va धम्मिकानि;dham·mi·kā·ni

     nava adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni, nava dhammikāni;

     nine kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code are illegitimate, nine are legitimate;

155. 155

     दसda·sa अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि,pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni दसda·sa धम्मिकानि।dham·mi·kā·ni

     dasa adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni, dasa dhammikāni.

     ten kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code are illegitimate, ten are legitimate.

156. 156

     कतमंka·ta·maṃ एकंe·kaṃ अधम्मिकंa·dham·mi·kaṃ पातिमोक्खट्ठपनं?pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·naṃ

     Katamaṁ ekaṁ adhammikaṁ pātimokkhaṭṭhapanaṁ?

     What’s the one kind of canceling of the Monastic Code that’s illegitimate?

157. 157

     अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति—ṭha·pe·ti

     Amūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti—

     One cancels the Monastic Code, without grounds, for failure in morality.

158. 158

     इदंi·daṃ एकंe·kaṃ अधम्मिकंa·dham·mi·kaṃ पातिमोक्खट्ठपनं।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·naṃ

     idaṁ ekaṁ adhammikaṁ pātimokkhaṭṭhapanaṁ.

     (Pāli only)

159. 159

     कतमंka·ta·maṃ एकंe·kaṃ धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ पातिमोक्खट्ठपनं?pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·naṃ

     Katamaṁ ekaṁ dhammikaṁ pātimokkhaṭṭhapanaṁ?

     “What’s the one kind of canceling of the Monastic Code that’s legitimate?

160. 160

     समूलिकायsa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति—ṭha·pe·ti

     Samūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti—

     One cancels the Monastic Code, having grounds, for failure in morality.

161. 161

     इदंi·daṃ एकंe·kaṃ धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ पातिमोक्खट्ठपनं।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·naṃ

     idaṁ ekaṁ dhammikaṁ pātimokkhaṭṭhapanaṁ.

     (Pāli only)

162. 162

     कतमानिka·ta·mā·ni द्वेdve अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि?pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Katamāni dve adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni?

     “What are the two kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code that are illegitimate?

163. 163

     अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति,ṭha·pe·ti अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति—ṭha·pe·ti

     Amūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti, amūlikāya ācāravipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti—

     One cancels the Monastic Code, without grounds, for failure in morality or failure in conduct.

164. 164

     इमानिi·mā·ni द्वेdve अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     imāni dve adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     (Pāli only)

165. 165

     कतमानिka·ta·mā·ni द्वेdve धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि?pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Katamāni dve dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni?

     What are the two kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code that are legitimate?

166. 166

     समूलिकायsa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति,ṭha·pe·ti समूलिकायsa·mū·li·kā·ya आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति—ṭha·pe·ti

     Samūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti, samūlikāya ācāravipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti—

     One cancels the Monastic Code, having grounds, for failure in morality or failure in conduct.

167. 167

     इमानिi·mā·ni द्वेdve धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     imāni dve dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     (Pāli only)

168. 168

     कतमानिka·ta·mā·ni तीणिtī·ṇi अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि?pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Katamāni tīṇi adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni?

     “What are the three kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code that are illegitimate?

169. 169

     अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति,ṭha·pe·ti अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति,ṭha·pe·ti अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति—ṭha·pe·ti

     Amūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti, amūlikāya ācāravipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti, amūlikāya diṭṭhivipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti—

     One cancels the Monastic Code, without grounds, for failure in morality, failure in conduct, or failure in view.

170. 170

     इमानिi·mā·ni तीणिtī·ṇi अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     imāni tīṇi adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     (Pāli only)

171. 171

     कतमानिka·ta·mā·ni तीणिtī·ṇi धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि?pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Katamāni tīṇi dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni?

     What are the three kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code that are legitimate?

172. 172

     समूलिकायsa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति,ṭha·pe·ti समूलिकायsa·mū·li·kā·ya आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति,ṭha·pe·ti समूलिकायsa·mū·li·kā·ya दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति—ṭha·pe·ti

     Samūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti, samūlikāya ācāravipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti, samūlikāya diṭṭhivipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti—

     One cancels the Monastic Code, having grounds, for failure in morality, failure in conduct, or failure in view.

173. 173

     इमानिi·mā·ni तीणिtī·ṇi धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     imāni tīṇi dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     (Pāli only)

174. 174

     कतमानिka·ta·mā·ni चत्तारिcat·tā·ri अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि?pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Katamāni cattāri adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni?

     “What are the four kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code that are illegitimate?

175. 175

     अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति,ṭha·pe·ti अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति,ṭha·pe·ti अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति,ṭha·pe·ti अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya आजीवविपत्तियाā·jī·va·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति—ṭha·pe·ti

     Amūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti, amūlikāya ācāravipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti, amūlikāya diṭṭhivipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti, amūlikāya ājīvavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti—

     One cancels the Monastic Code, without grounds, for failure in morality, failure in conduct, failure in view, or failure in livelihood.

176. 176

     इमानिi·mā·ni चत्तारिcat·tā·ri अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     imāni cattāri adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     (Pāli only)

177. 177

     कतमानिka·ta·mā·ni चत्तारिcat·tā·ri धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि?pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Katamāni cattāri dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni?

     What are the four kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code that are legitimate?

178. 178

     समूलिकायsa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति,ṭha·pe·ti समूलिकायsa·mū·li·kā·ya आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति,ṭha·pe·ti समूलिकायsa·mū·li·kā·ya दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति,ṭha·pe·ti समूलिकायsa·mū·li·kā·ya आजीवविपत्तियाā·jī·va·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति—ṭha·pe·ti

     Samūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti, samūlikāya ācāravipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti, samūlikāya diṭṭhivipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti, samūlikāya ājīvavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti—

     One cancels the Monastic Code, having grounds, for failure in morality, failure in conduct, failure in view, or failure in livelihood.

179. 179

     इमानिi·mā·ni चत्तारिcat·tā·ri धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     imāni cattāri dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     (Pāli only)

180. 180

     कतमानिka·ta·mā·ni पञ्चpañ·ca अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि?pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Katamāni pañca adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni?

     “What are the five kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code that are illegitimate?

181. 181

     अमूलकेनa·mū·la·ke·na पाराजिकेनpā·rā·ji·ke·na पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति,ṭha·pe·ti अमूलकेनa·mū·la·ke·na सङ्घादिसेसेनsaṅ·ghā·di·se·se·na …पे…pe

     Amūlakena pārājikena pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti, amūlakena saṅghādisesena …pe…

     One cancels the Monastic Code, without grounds, for an offense entailing expulsion, an offense entailing suspension,

182. 182

     अमूलकेनa·mū·la·ke·na पाचित्तियेनpā·cit·ti·ye·na …

     amūlakena pācittiyena …

     an offense entailing confession,

183. 183

     अमूलकेनa·mū·la·ke·na पाटिदेसनीयेनpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·ye·na …

     amūlakena pāṭidesanīyena …

     an offense entailing acknowledgment,

184. 184

     अमूलकेनa·mū·la·ke·na दुक्कटेनduk·ka·ṭe·na पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति—ṭha·pe·ti

     amūlakena dukkaṭena pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti—

     or an offense of wrong conduct.

185. 185

     इमानिi·mā·ni पञ्चpañ·ca अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     imāni pañca adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     (Pāli only)

186. 186

     कतमानिka·ta·mā·ni पञ्चpañ·ca धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि?pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Katamāni pañca dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni?

     What are the five kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code that are legitimate?

187. 187

     समूलकेनsa·mū·la·ke·na पाराजिकेनpā·rā·ji·ke·na पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति,ṭha·pe·ti समूलकेनsa·mū·la·ke·na सङ्घादिसेसेनsaṅ·ghā·di·se·se·na …पे…pe

     Samūlakena pārājikena pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti, samūlakena saṅghādisesena …pe…

     One cancels the Monastic Code, having grounds, for an offense entailing expulsion, an offense entailing suspension,

188. 188

     पाचित्तियेनpā·cit·ti·ye·na …

     pācittiyena …

     an offense entailing confession,

189. 189

     पाटिदेसनीयेनpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·ye·na …

     pāṭidesanīyena …

     an offense entailing acknowledgment,

190. 190

     दुक्कटेनduk·ka·ṭe·na पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति—ṭha·pe·ti

     dukkaṭena pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti—

     or an offense of wrong conduct.

191. 191

     इमानिi·mā·ni पञ्चpañ·ca धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     imāni pañca dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     (Pāli only)

192. 192

     कतमानिka·ta·mā·ni छcha अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि?pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Katamāni cha adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni?

     “What are the six kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code that are illegitimate?

193. 193

     अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti अकताय,a·ka·tā·ya अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti कताय;ka·tā·ya

     Amūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti akatāya, amūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti katāya;

     One cancels the Monastic Code, without grounds, for the failure in morality of one who hasn’t failed, the failure in morality of one who has failed,

194. 194

     अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti अकताय,a·ka·tā·ya अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti कताय;ka·tā·ya

     amūlikāya ācāravipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti akatāya, amūlikāya ācāravipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti katāya;

     the failure in conduct of one who hasn’t failed, the failure in conduct of one who has failed,

195. 195

     अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti अकताय,a·ka·tā·ya अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti कताय—ka·tā·ya

     amūlikāya diṭṭhivipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti akatāya, amūlikāya diṭṭhivipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti katāya—

     the failure in view of one who hasn’t failed, or the failure in view of one who has failed.

196. 196

     इमानिi·mā·ni छcha अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     imāni cha adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     (Pāli only)

197. 197

     कतमानिka·ta·mā·ni छcha धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि?pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Katamāni cha dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni?

     What are the six kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code that are legitimate?

198. 198

     समूलिकायsa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti अकताय,a·ka·tā·ya समूलिकायsa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti कताय;ka·tā·ya

     Samūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti akatāya, samūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti katāya;

     One cancels the Monastic Code, having grounds, for the failure in morality of one who hasn’t failed, the failure in morality of one who has failed,

199. 199

     समूलिकायsa·mū·li·kā·ya आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā …पे…pe

     samūlikāya ācāravipattiyā …pe…

     the failure in conduct of one who hasn’t failed, the failure in conduct of one who has failed,

200. 200

     दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti अकतायa·ka·tā·ya …पे…pe

     diṭṭhivipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti akatāya …pe…

     the failure in view of one who hasn’t failed, or the failure in view of one who has failed.

201. 201

     कताय—ka·tā·ya

     katāya—

     (Pāli only)

202. 202

     इमानिi·mā·ni छcha धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     imāni cha dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     (Pāli only)

203. 203

     कतमानिka·ta·mā·ni सत्तsat·ta अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि?pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Katamāni satta adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni?

     “What are the seven kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code that are illegitimate?

204. 204

     अमूलकेनa·mū·la·ke·na पाराजिकेनpā·rā·ji·ke·na पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति,ṭha·pe·ti अमूलकेनa·mū·la·ke·na सङ्घादिसेसेनsaṅ·ghā·di·se·se·na …पे…pe

     Amūlakena pārājikena pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti, amūlakena saṅghādisesena …pe…

     One cancels the Monastic Code, without grounds, for an offense entailing expulsion, an offense entailing suspension,

205. 205

     थुल्लच्चयेनthul·lac·ca·ye·na पाचित्तियेनpā·cit·ti·ye·na पाटिदेसनीयेनpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·ye·na दुक्कटेनduk·ka·ṭe·na दुब्भासितेनdub·bhā·si·te·na पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति—ṭha·pe·ti

     thullaccayena pācittiyena pāṭidesanīyena dukkaṭena dubbhāsitena pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti—

     a serious offense, an offense entailing confession, an offense entailing acknowledgment, an offense of wrong conduct, or an offense of wrong speech.

206. 206

     इमानिi·mā·ni सत्तsat·ta अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     imāni satta adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     (Pāli only)

207. 207

     कतमानिka·ta·mā·ni सत्तsat·ta धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि?pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Katamāni satta dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni?

     What are the seven kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code that are legitimate?

208. 208

     समूलकेनsa·mū·la·ke·na पाराजिकेनpā·rā·ji·ke·na पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति,ṭha·pe·ti समूलकेनsa·mū·la·ke·na सङ्घादिसेसेनsaṅ·ghā·di·se·se·na …पे…pe

     Samūlakena pārājikena pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti, samūlakena saṅghādisesena …pe…

     One cancels the Monastic Code, having grounds, for an offense entailing expulsion, an offense entailing suspension,

209. 209

     थुल्लच्चयेनthul·lac·ca·ye·na पाचित्तियेनpā·cit·ti·ye·na पाटिदेसनीयेनpā·ṭi·de·sa·nī·ye·na दुक्कटेनduk·ka·ṭe·na दुब्भासितेनdub·bhā·si·te·na पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेति—ṭha·pe·ti

     thullaccayena pācittiyena pāṭidesanīyena dukkaṭena dubbhāsitena pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti—

     a serious offense, an offense entailing confession, an offense entailing acknowledgment, an offense of wrong conduct, or an offense of wrong speech.

210. 210

     इमानिi·mā·ni सत्तsat·ta धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     imāni satta dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     (Pāli only)

211. 211

     कतमानिka·ta·mā·ni अट्ठaṭ·ṭha अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि?pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Katamāni aṭṭha adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni?

     “What are the eight kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code that are illegitimate?

212. 212

     अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti अकताय,a·ka·tā·ya अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti कताय;ka·tā·ya

     Amūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti akatāya, amūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti katāya;

     One cancels the Monastic Code, without grounds, for the failure in morality of one who hasn’t failed, the failure in morality of one who has failed,

213. 213

     अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā …पे…pe

     amūlikāya ācāravipattiyā …pe…

     for the failure in conduct of one who hasn’t failed, for the failure in conduct of one who has failed,

214. 214

     दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā …पे…pe

     diṭṭhivipattiyā …pe…

     the failure in view of one who hasn’t failed, the failure in view of one who has failed,

215. 215

     आजीवविपत्तियाā·jī·va·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti अकतायa·ka·tā·ya …पे…pe कताय—ka·tā·ya

     ājīvavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti akatāya …pe… katāya—

     the failure in livelihood of one who hasn’t failed, or the failure in livelihood of one who has failed.

216. 216

     इमानिi·mā·ni अट्ठaṭ·ṭha अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     imāni aṭṭha adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     (Pāli only)

217. 217

     कतमानिka·ta·mā·ni अट्ठaṭ·ṭha धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि?pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Katamāni aṭṭha dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni?

     What are the eight kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code that are legitimate?

218. 218

     समूलिकायsa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti अकताय,a·ka·tā·ya समूलिकायsa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti कताय;ka·tā·ya

     Samūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti akatāya, samūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti katāya;

     One cancels the Monastic Code, having grounds, for the failure in morality of one who hasn’t failed, the failure in morality of one who has failed,

219. 219

     समूलिकायsa·mū·li·kā·ya आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā …पे…pe

     samūlikāya ācāravipattiyā …pe…

     the failure in conduct of one who hasn’t failed, the failure in conduct of one who has failed,

220. 220

     दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā …पे…pe

     diṭṭhivipattiyā …pe…

     the failure in view of one who hasn’t failed, the failure in view of one who has failed,

221. 221

     आजीवविपत्तियाā·jī·va·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti अकतायa·ka·tā·ya …पे…pe कताय—ka·tā·ya

     ājīvavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti akatāya …pe… katāya—

     the failure in livelihood of one who hasn’t failed, or the failure in livelihood of one who has failed.

222. 222

     इमानिi·mā·ni अट्ठaṭ·ṭha धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     imāni aṭṭha dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     (Pāli only)

223. 223

     कतमानिka·ta·mā·ni नवna·va अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि?pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Katamāni nava adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni?

     “What are the nine kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code that are illegitimate?

224. 224

     अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti अकताय,a·ka·tā·ya अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti कताय,ka·tā·ya अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti कताकताय;ka·tā·ka·tā·ya

     Amūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti akatāya, amūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti katāya, amūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti katākatāya;

     One cancels the Monastic Code, without grounds, for the failure in morality of one who hasn’t failed, the failure in morality of one who has failed, the failure in morality of one who both has and hasn’t failed,

225. 225

     अमूलिकायa·mū·li·kā·ya आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā …पे…pe

     amūlikāya ācāravipattiyā …pe…

     the failure in conduct of one who hasn’t failed, the failure in conduct of one who has failed, the failure in conduct of one who both has and hasn’t failed,

226. 226

     दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti अकतायa·ka·tā·ya …पे…pe कतायka·tā·ya …पे…pe

     diṭṭhivipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti akatāya …pe… katāya …pe…

     the failure in view of one who hasn’t failed, the failure in view of one who has failed, or the failure in view of one who both has and hasn’t failed.

227. 227

     कताकताय—ka·tā·ka·tā·ya

     katākatāya—

     (Pāli only)

228. 228

     इमानिi·mā·ni नवna·va अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     imāni nava adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     (Pāli only)

229. 229

     कतमानिka·ta·mā·ni नवna·va धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि?pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Katamāni nava dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni?

     What are the nine kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code that are legitimate?

230. 230

     समूलिकायsa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti अकताय,a·ka·tā·ya समूलिकायsa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti कताय,ka·tā·ya समूलिकायsa·mū·li·kā·ya सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti कताकताय;ka·tā·ka·tā·ya

     Samūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti akatāya, samūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti katāya, samūlikāya sīlavipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti katākatāya;

     One cancels the Monastic Code, having grounds, for the failure in morality of one who hasn’t failed, the failure in morality of one who has failed, the failure in morality of one who both has and hasn’t failed,

231. 231

     समूलिकायsa·mū·li·kā·ya आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā …पे…pe

     samūlikāya ācāravipattiyā …pe…

     the failure in conduct of one who hasn’t failed, the failure in conduct of one who has failed, the failure in conduct of one who both has and hasn’t failed,

232. 232

     दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti अकतायa·ka·tā·ya …पे…pe कतायka·tā·ya …पे…pe

     diṭṭhivipattiyā pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti akatāya …pe… katāya …pe…

     the failure in view of one who hasn’t failed, the failure in view of one who has failed, or the failure in view of one who both has and hasn’t failed.

233. 233

     कताकताय—ka·tā·ka·tā·ya

     katākatāya—

     (Pāli only)

234. 234

     इमानिi·mā·ni नवna·va धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     imāni nava dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     (Pāli only)

235. 235

     कतमानिka·ta·mā·ni दसda·sa अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि?pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Katamāni dasa adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni?

     “What are the ten kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code that are illegitimate?

236. 236

     नna पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko तस्संtas·saṃ परिसायंpa·ri·sā·yaṃ निसिन्नोni·sin·no होति,ho·ti नna पाराजिककथाpā·rā·ji·ka·ka·thā विप्पकताvip·pa·ka·tā होति;ho·ti

     Na pārājiko tassaṁ parisāyaṁ nisinno hoti, na pārājikakathā vippakatā hoti;

     There’s no one seated in that gathering who has committed an offense entailing expulsion; there’s no unfinished discussion about anyone committing an offense entailing expulsion;

237. 237

     नna सिक्खंsik·khaṃ पच्चक्खातकोpac·cak·khā·ta·ko तस्संtas·saṃ परिसायंpa·ri·sā·yaṃ निसिन्नोni·sin·no होति,ho·ti नna सिक्खंsik·khaṃ पच्चक्खातकथाpac·cak·khā·ta·ka·thā विप्पकताvip·pa·ka·tā होति;ho·ti

     na sikkhaṁ paccakkhātako tassaṁ parisāyaṁ nisinno hoti, na sikkhaṁ paccakkhātakathā vippakatā hoti;

     there’s no one seated in that gathering who has renounced the training; there’s no unfinished discussion about anyone renouncing the training;

238. 238

     धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ सामग्गिंsā·mag·giṃ उपेति,u·pe·ti नna धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ सामग्गिंsā·mag·giṃ पच्चादियति,pac·cā·di·ya·ti नna धम्मिकायdham·mi·kā·ya सामग्गियाsā·mag·gi·yā पच्चादानकथाpac·cā·dā·na·ka·thā विप्पकताvip·pa·ka·tā होति;ho·ti

     dhammikaṁ sāmaggiṁ upeti, na dhammikaṁ sāmaggiṁ paccādiyati, na dhammikāya sāmaggiyā paccādānakathā vippakatā hoti;

     the person has gone to a legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly; the person doesn’t reopen a legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly; there’s no unfinished discussion about the reopening of the legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly;

239. 239

     नna सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितोdiṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to होति,ho·ti नna आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितोdiṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to होति,ho·ti नna दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितोdiṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to होति—ho·ti

     na sīlavipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkito hoti, na ācāravipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkito hoti, na diṭṭhivipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkito hoti—

     there’s no one seen, heard, or suspected of failure in morality; there’s no one seen, heard, or suspected of failure in conduct; there’s no one seen, heard, or suspected of failure in view.

240. 240

     इमानिi·mā·ni दसda·sa अधम्मिकानिa·dham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     imāni dasa adhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     (Pāli only)

241. 241

     कतमानिka·ta·mā·ni दसda·sa धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि?pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     Katamāni dasa dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni?

     What are the ten kinds of cancelings of the Monastic Code that are legitimate?

242. 242

     पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko तस्संtas·saṃ परिसायंpa·ri·sā·yaṃ निसिन्नोni·sin·no होति,ho·ti पाराजिककथाpā·rā·ji·ka·ka·thā विप्पकताvip·pa·ka·tā होति;ho·ti

     Pārājiko tassaṁ parisāyaṁ nisinno hoti, pārājikakathā vippakatā hoti;

     There’s someone seated in that gathering who has committed an offense entailing expulsion; there’s an unfinished discussion about someone committing an offense entailing expulsion;

243. 243

     सिक्खंsik·khaṃ पच्चक्खातकोpac·cak·khā·ta·ko तस्संtas·saṃ परिसायंpa·ri·sā·yaṃ निसिन्नोni·sin·no होति,ho·ti सिक्खंsik·khaṃ पच्चक्खातकथाpac·cak·khā·ta·ka·thā विप्पकताvip·pa·ka·tā होति;ho·ti

     sikkhaṁ paccakkhātako tassaṁ parisāyaṁ nisinno hoti, sikkhaṁ paccakkhātakathā vippakatā hoti;

     there’s someone seated in that gathering who has renounced the training; there’s an unfinished discussion about someone renouncing the training;

244. 244

     धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ सामग्गिंsā·mag·giṃ नna उपेति,u·pe·ti धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ सामग्गिंsā·mag·giṃ पच्चादियति,pac·cā·di·ya·ti धम्मिकायdham·mi·kā·ya सामग्गियाsā·mag·gi·yā पच्चादानकथाpac·cā·dā·na·ka·thā विप्पकताvip·pa·ka·tā होति;ho·ti

     dhammikaṁ sāmaggiṁ na upeti, dhammikaṁ sāmaggiṁ paccādiyati, dhammikāya sāmaggiyā paccādānakathā vippakatā hoti;

     the person hasn’t gone to a legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly; the person reopens a legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly; there’s an unfinished discussion about the reopening of the legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly;

245. 245

     सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितोdiṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to होति,ho·ti आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितोdiṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to होति,ho·ti दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितोdiṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to होति—ho·ti

     sīlavipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkito hoti, ācāravipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkito hoti, diṭṭhivipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkito hoti—

     there’s someone seen, heard, or suspected of failure in morality; there’s someone seen, heard, or suspected of failure in conduct; there’s someone seen, heard, or suspected of failure in view.”

246. 246

     इमानिi·mā·ni दसda·sa धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानि।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·ni

     imāni dasa dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanāni.

     (Pāli only)

247. 247

     6। धम्मिकपातिमोक्खट्ठपनdham·mi·ka·pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·na

     6. Dhammikapātimokkhaṭṭhapana

     6. Legitimate canceling of the Monastic Code

248. 248

     One who has committed an offense entailing expulsion

249. 249

     कथंka·thaṃ पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko तस्संtas·saṃ परिसायंpa·ri·sā·yaṃ निसिन्नोni·sin·no होति?ho·ti

     Kathaṁ pārājiko tassaṁ parisāyaṁ nisinno hoti?

     “And how is one who has committed an offense entailing expulsion seated in that gathering?

250. 250

     इध,i·dha भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve येहिye·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi येहिye·hi लिङ्गेहिliṅ·ge·hi येहिye·hi निमित्तेहिni·mit·te·hi पाराजिकस्सpā·rā·ji·kas·sa धम्मस्सdham·mas·sa अज्झापत्तिaj·jhā·pat·ti होति,ho·ti तेहिte·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi तेहिte·hi लिङ्गेहिliṅ·ge·hi तेहिte·hi निमित्तेहिni·mit·te·hi भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पस्सतिpas·sa·ti पाराजिकंpā·rā·ji·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ अज्झापज्जन्तं।aj·jhā·paj·jan·taṃ

     Idha, bhikkhave, yehi ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi pārājikassa dhammassa ajjhāpatti hoti, tehi ākārehi tehi liṅgehi tehi nimittehi bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ passati pārājikaṁ dhammaṁ ajjhāpajjantaṁ.

     A monk sees in a monk the characteristics and signs of someone committing an offense entailing expulsion.

251. 251

     नna हेवhe·va खोkho भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पस्सतिpas·sa·ti पाराजिकंpā·rā·ji·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ अज्झापज्जन्तं,aj·jhā·paj·jan·taṃ अपिa·pi चca अञ्ञोañ·ño भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa आरोचेति—ā·ro·ce·ti

     Na heva kho bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ passati pārājikaṁ dhammaṁ ajjhāpajjantaṁ, api ca añño bhikkhu bhikkhussa āroceti—

     Or a monk doesn’t see a monk committing an offense entailing expulsion, but another monk informs him that

252. 252

     ‘इत्थन्नामो,it·than·nā·mo आवुसो,ā·vu·so भिक्खुbhik·khu पाराजिकंpā·rā·ji·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ अज्झापन्नो’ति।aj·jhā·pan·no

     ‘itthannāmo, āvuso, bhikkhu pārājikaṁ dhammaṁ ajjhāpanno’ti.

     monk so-and-so has committed an offense entailing expulsion.

253. 253

     नna हेवhe·va खोkho भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पस्सतिpas·sa·ti पाराजिकंpā·rā·ji·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ अज्झापज्जन्तं,aj·jhā·paj·jan·taṃ नापिnā·pi अञ्ञोañ·ño भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa आरोचेति—ā·ro·ce·ti

     Na heva kho bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ passati pārājikaṁ dhammaṁ ajjhāpajjantaṁ, nāpi añño bhikkhu bhikkhussa āroceti—

     Or a monk doesn’t see a monk committing an offense entailing expulsion, nor does another monk inform him,

254. 254

     ‘इत्थन्नामो,it·than·nā·mo आवुसो,ā·vu·so भिक्खुbhik·khu पाराजिकंpā·rā·ji·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ अज्झापन्नो’ति,aj·jhā·pan·no अपिa·pi चca सोवso·va भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa आरोचेति—ā·ro·ce·ti

     ‘itthannāmo, āvuso, bhikkhu pārājikaṁ dhammaṁ ajjhāpanno’ti, api ca sova bhikkhu bhikkhussa āroceti—

     but the monk himself informs him that

255. 255

     ‘अहं,a·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so पाराजिकंpā·rā·ji·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ अज्झापन्नो’ति।aj·jhā·pan·no

     ‘ahaṁ, āvuso, pārājikaṁ dhammaṁ ajjhāpanno’ti.

     he has committed an offense entailing expulsion.

256. 256

     आकङ्खमानो,ā·kaṅ·kha·mā·no भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu तेनte·na दिट्ठेनdiṭ·ṭhe·na तेनte·na सुतेनsu·te·na तायtā·ya परिसङ्कायpa·ri·saṅ·kā·ya तदहुपोसथेta·da·hu·po·sa·the चातुद्दसेcā·tud·da·se वाvā पन्नरसेpan·na·ra·se वाvā तस्मिंtas·miṃ पुग्गलेpug·ga·le सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te सङ्घमज्झेsaṅ·gha·maj·jhe उदाहरेय्य—u·dā·ha·rey·ya

     Ākaṅkhamāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tena diṭṭhena tena sutena tāya parisaṅkāya tadahuposathe cātuddase vā pannarase vā tasmiṁ puggale sammukhībhūte saṅghamajjhe udāhareyya—

     Then, on the observance day, whether the fourteenth or the fifteenth, he may if he wishes, based on what he has seen, has heard, or suspects, announce in the midst of the Sangha and in the presence of that person:

257. 257

     ‘सुणातुsu·ṇā·tu मे,me भन्ते,bhan·te सङ्घो।saṅ·gho

     ‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.

     ‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.

258. 258

     इत्थन्नामोit·than·nā·mo पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo पाराजिकंpā·rā·ji·kaṃ धम्मंdham·maṃ अज्झापन्नो,aj·jhā·pan·no तस्सtas·sa पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेमि,ṭha·pe·mi नna तस्मिंtas·miṃ सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ उद्दिसितब्बन्ति—ud·di·si·tab·ban·ti

     Itthannāmo puggalo pārājikaṁ dhammaṁ ajjhāpanno, tassa pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapemi, na tasmiṁ sammukhībhūte pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbanti—

     So-and-so has committed an offense entailing expulsion. I cancel his hearing of the Monastic Code. The Monastic Code shouldn’t be recited in his presence.’

259. 259

     धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ पातिमोक्खट्ठपनं’।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·naṃ

     dhammikaṁ pātimokkhaṭṭhapanaṁ’.

     This cancellation of the Monastic Code is legitimate.

260. 260

     भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa पातिमोक्खेpā·ti·mok·khe ठपितेṭha·pi·te परिसाpa·ri·sā वुट्ठाति,vuṭ·ṭhā·ti दसन्नंda·san·naṃ अन्तरायानंan·ta·rā·yā·naṃ अञ्ञतरेन—añ·ña·ta·re·na

     Bhikkhussa pātimokkhe ṭhapite parisā vuṭṭhāti, dasannaṁ antarāyānaṁ aññatarena—

     When the Monastic Code has been canceled for a monk, it may be that the gathering breaks up because of any one of ten threats:

261. 261

     राजन्तरायेनrā·jan·ta·rā·ye·na वा,vā चोरन्तरायेनco·ran·ta·rā·ye·na वा,vā अग्यन्तरायेनag·yan·ta·rā·ye·na वा,vā उदकन्तरायेनu·da·kan·ta·rā·ye·na वा,vā मनुस्सन्तरायेनma·nus·san·ta·rā·ye·na वा,vā अमनुस्सन्तरायेनa·ma·nus·san·ta·rā·ye·na वा,vā वाळन्तरायेनvā·ḷan·ta·rā·ye·na वा,vā सरीसपन्तरायेनsa·rī·sa·pan·ta·rā·ye·na वा,vā जीवितन्तरायेनjī·vi·tan·ta·rā·ye·na वा,vā ब्रह्मचरियन्तरायेनbrah·ma·ca·ri·yan·ta·rā·ye·na वा।vā

     rājantarāyena vā, corantarāyena vā, agyantarāyena vā, udakantarāyena vā, manussantarāyena vā, amanussantarāyena vā, vāḷantarāyena vā, sarīsapantarāyena vā, jīvitantarāyena vā, brahmacariyantarāyena vā.

     a threat from kings, criminals, fire, flooding, people, spirits, predatory animals, snakes, or a threat to life, or threat to the monastic life.

262. 262

     आकङ्खमानो,ā·kaṅ·kha·mā·no भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu तस्मिंtas·miṃ वाvā आवासे,ā·vā·se अञ्ञस्मिंañ·ñas·miṃ वाvā आवासे,ā·vā·se तस्मिंtas·miṃ पुग्गलेpug·ga·le सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te सङ्घमज्झेsaṅ·gha·maj·jhe उदाहरेय्य—u·dā·ha·rey·ya

     Ākaṅkhamāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tasmiṁ vā āvāse, aññasmiṁ vā āvāse, tasmiṁ puggale sammukhībhūte saṅghamajjhe udāhareyya—

     Then, if a monk wishes, he may, in that monastery or in another monastery, announce in the midst of the Sangha and in the presence of that person:

263. 263

     ‘सुणातुsu·ṇā·tu मे,me भन्ते,bhan·te सङ्घो।saṅ·gho

     ‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.

     ‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.

264. 264

     इत्थन्नामस्सit·than·nā·mas·sa पुग्गलस्सpug·ga·las·sa पाराजिककथाpā·rā·ji·ka·ka·thā विप्पकता,vip·pa·ka·tā तंtaṃ वत्थुvat·thu अविनिच्छितं।a·vi·nic·chi·taṃ

     Itthannāmassa puggalassa pārājikakathā vippakatā, taṁ vatthu avinicchitaṁ.

     There’s an unfinished discussion about so-and-so committing an offense entailing expulsion. The matter hasn’t been decided.

265. 265

     यदिya·di सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa पत्तकल्लं,pat·ta·kal·laṃ सङ्घोsaṅ·gho तंtaṃ वत्थुंvat·thuṃ विनिच्छिनेय्या’ति।vi·nic·chi·ney·yā

     Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho taṁ vatthuṁ vinicchineyyā’ti.

     If the Sangha is ready, it should decide that matter.’

266. 266

     एवञ्चेतंe·vañ·ce·taṃ लभेथ,la·bhe·tha इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं।ku·sa·laṃ

     Evañcetaṁ labhetha, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.

     If this works out, all is well.

267. 267

     नोno चेce लभेथ,la·bhe·tha तदहुपोसथेta·da·hu·po·sa·the चातुद्दसेcā·tud·da·se वाvā पन्नरसेpan·na·ra·se वाvā तस्मिंtas·miṃ पुग्गलेpug·ga·le सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te सङ्घमज्झेsaṅ·gha·maj·jhe उदाहरितब्बं—u·dā·ha·ri·tab·baṃ

     No ce labhetha, tadahuposathe cātuddase vā pannarase vā tasmiṁ puggale sammukhībhūte saṅghamajjhe udāharitabbaṁ—

     If not, then on the observance day, whether the fourteenth or the fifteenth, in the midst of the Sangha and in the presence of that person, a monk should announce:

268. 268

     ‘सुणातुsu·ṇā·tu मे,me भन्ते,bhan·te सङ्घो।saṅ·gho

     ‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.

     ‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.

269. 269

     इत्थन्नामस्सit·than·nā·mas·sa पुग्गलस्सpug·ga·las·sa पाराजिककथाpā·rā·ji·ka·ka·thā विप्पकता,vip·pa·ka·tā तंtaṃ वत्थुvat·thu अविनिच्छितं।a·vi·nic·chi·taṃ

     Itthannāmassa puggalassa pārājikakathā vippakatā, taṁ vatthu avinicchitaṁ.

     There’s an unfinished discussion about so-and-so committing an offense entailing expulsion. The matter hasn’t been decided.

270. 270

     तस्सtas·sa पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेमि,ṭha·pe·mi नna तस्मिंtas·miṃ सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ उद्दिसितब्बन्ति—ud·di·si·tab·ban·ti

     Tassa pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapemi, na tasmiṁ sammukhībhūte pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbanti—

     I cancel his hearing of the Monastic Code. The Monastic Code shouldn’t be recited in his presence.’

271. 271

     धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ पातिमोक्खट्ठपनं’।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·naṃ

     dhammikaṁ pātimokkhaṭṭhapanaṁ’.

     This cancellation of the Monastic Code is legitimate.”

272. 272

     One who has renounced the training

273. 273

     कथंka·thaṃ सिक्खंsik·khaṃ पच्चक्खातकोpac·cak·khā·ta·ko तस्संtas·saṃ परिसायंpa·ri·sā·yaṃ निसिन्नोni·sin·no होति?ho·ti

     Kathaṁ sikkhaṁ paccakkhātako tassaṁ parisāyaṁ nisinno hoti?

     “And how is one who has renounced the training seated in that gathering?

274. 274

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu येहिye·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi येहिye·hi लिङ्गेहिliṅ·ge·hi येहिye·hi निमित्तेहिni·mit·te·hi सिक्खाsik·khā पच्चक्खाताpac·cak·khā·tā होति,ho·ti तेहिte·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi तेहिte·hi लिङ्गेहिliṅ·ge·hi तेहिte·hi निमित्तेहिni·mit·te·hi भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पस्सतिpas·sa·ti सिक्खंsik·khaṃ पच्चक्खन्तं।pac·cak·khan·taṃ

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yehi ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi sikkhā paccakkhātā hoti, tehi ākārehi tehi liṅgehi tehi nimittehi bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ passati sikkhaṁ paccakkhantaṁ.

     A monk sees in a monk the characteristics and signs of someone renouncing the training.

275. 275

     नna हेवhe·va खोkho भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पस्सतिpas·sa·ti सिक्खंsik·khaṃ पच्चक्खन्तं,pac·cak·khan·taṃ अपिa·pi चca अञ्ञोañ·ño भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa आरोचेति—ā·ro·ce·ti

     Na heva kho bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ passati sikkhaṁ paccakkhantaṁ, api ca añño bhikkhu bhikkhussa āroceti—

     Or a monk doesn’t see a monk renouncing the training, but another monk informs him that

276. 276

     ‘इत्थन्नामेन,it·than·nā·me·na आवुसो,ā·vu·so भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā सिक्खाsik·khā पच्चक्खाता’ति।pac·cak·khā·tā

     ‘itthannāmena, āvuso, bhikkhunā sikkhā paccakkhātā’ti.

     monk so-and-so has renounced the training.

277. 277

     नna हेवhe·va खोkho भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पस्सतिpas·sa·ti सिक्खंsik·khaṃ पच्चक्खन्तं,pac·cak·khan·taṃ नापिnā·pi अञ्ञोañ·ño भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa आरोचेति—ā·ro·ce·ti

     Na heva kho bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ passati sikkhaṁ paccakkhantaṁ, nāpi añño bhikkhu bhikkhussa āroceti—

     Or a monk doesn’t see a monk renouncing the training, nor does another monk inform him,

278. 278

     ‘इत्थन्नामेन,it·than·nā·me·na आवुसो,ā·vu·so भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā सिक्खाsik·khā पच्चक्खाता’ति,pac·cak·khā·tā अपिa·pi चca सोवso·va भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa आरोचेति—ā·ro·ce·ti

     ‘itthannāmena, āvuso, bhikkhunā sikkhā paccakkhātā’ti, api ca sova bhikkhu bhikkhussa āroceti—

     but the monk himself informs him that

279. 279

     ‘मया,ma·yā आवुसो,ā·vu·so सिक्खाsik·khā पच्चक्खाता’ति।pac·cak·khā·tā

     ‘mayā, āvuso, sikkhā paccakkhātā’ti.

     he has renounced the training.

280. 280

     आकङ्खमानो,ā·kaṅ·kha·mā·no भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu तेनte·na दिट्ठेनdiṭ·ṭhe·na तेनte·na सुतेनsu·te·na तायtā·ya परिसङ्कायpa·ri·saṅ·kā·ya तदहुपोसथेta·da·hu·po·sa·the चातुद्दसेcā·tud·da·se वाvā पन्नरसेpan·na·ra·se वाvā तस्मिंtas·miṃ पुग्गलेpug·ga·le सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te सङ्घमज्झेsaṅ·gha·maj·jhe उदाहरेय्य—u·dā·ha·rey·ya

     Ākaṅkhamāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tena diṭṭhena tena sutena tāya parisaṅkāya tadahuposathe cātuddase vā pannarase vā tasmiṁ puggale sammukhībhūte saṅghamajjhe udāhareyya—

     Then, on the observance day, whether the fourteenth or the fifteenth, he may if he wishes, based on what he has seen, has heard, or suspects, announce in the midst of the Sangha and in the presence of that person:

281. 281

     ‘सुणातुsu·ṇā·tu मे,me भन्ते,bhan·te सङ्घो।saṅ·gho

     ‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.

     ‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.

282. 282

     इत्थन्नामेनit·than·nā·me·na पुग्गलेनpug·ga·le·na सिक्खाsik·khā पच्चक्खाता,pac·cak·khā·tā तस्सtas·sa पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेमि,ṭha·pe·mi नna तस्मिंtas·miṃ सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ उद्दिसितब्बन्ति—ud·di·si·tab·ban·ti

     Itthannāmena puggalena sikkhā paccakkhātā, tassa pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapemi, na tasmiṁ sammukhībhūte pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbanti—

     So-and-so has renounced the training. I cancel his hearing of the Monastic Code. The Monastic Code shouldn’t be recited in his presence.’

283. 283

     धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ पातिमोक्खट्ठपनं’।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·naṃ

     dhammikaṁ pātimokkhaṭṭhapanaṁ’.

     This cancellation of the Monastic Code is legitimate.

284. 284

     भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa पातिमोक्खेpā·ti·mok·khe ठपितेṭha·pi·te परिसाpa·ri·sā वुट्ठाति,vuṭ·ṭhā·ti दसन्नंda·san·naṃ अन्तरायानंan·ta·rā·yā·naṃ अञ्ञतरेन—añ·ña·ta·re·na

     Bhikkhussa pātimokkhe ṭhapite parisā vuṭṭhāti, dasannaṁ antarāyānaṁ aññatarena—

     When the Monastic Code has been canceled for a monk, it may be that the gathering breaks up because of any one of ten threats:

285. 285

     राजन्तरायेनrā·jan·ta·rā·ye·na वाvā …पे…pe

     rājantarāyena vā …pe…

     a threat from kings, criminals, fire, flooding, people, spirits, predatory animals, snakes, or a threat to life,

286. 286

     ब्रह्मचरियन्तरायेनbrah·ma·ca·ri·yan·ta·rā·ye·na वा,vā आकङ्खमानो,ā·kaṅ·kha·mā·no भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu तस्मिंtas·miṃ वाvā आवासे,ā·vā·se अञ्ञस्मिंañ·ñas·miṃ वाvā आवासे,ā·vā·se तस्मिंtas·miṃ पुग्गलेpug·ga·le सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te सङ्घमज्झेsaṅ·gha·maj·jhe उदाहरेय्य—u·dā·ha·rey·ya

     brahmacariyantarāyena vā, ākaṅkhamāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tasmiṁ vā āvāse, aññasmiṁ vā āvāse, tasmiṁ puggale sammukhībhūte saṅghamajjhe udāhareyya—

     or a threat to the monastic life. Then, if a monk wishes, he may, in that monastery or in another monastery, announce in the midst of the Sangha and in the presence of that person:

287. 287

     ‘सुणातुsu·ṇā·tu मे,me भन्ते,bhan·te सङ्घो।saṅ·gho

     ‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.

     ‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.

288. 288

     इत्थन्नामस्सit·than·nā·mas·sa पुग्गलस्सpug·ga·las·sa सिक्खंsik·khaṃ पच्चक्खातकथाpac·cak·khā·ta·ka·thā विप्पकता,vip·pa·ka·tā तंtaṃ वत्थुvat·thu अविनिच्छितं।a·vi·nic·chi·taṃ

     Itthannāmassa puggalassa sikkhaṁ paccakkhātakathā vippakatā, taṁ vatthu avinicchitaṁ.

     There’s an unfinished discussion about so-and-so renouncing the training. The matter hasn’t been decided.

289. 289

     यदिya·di सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa पत्तकल्लं,pat·ta·kal·laṃ सङ्घोsaṅ·gho तंtaṃ वत्थुंvat·thuṃ विनिच्छिनेय्या’ति।vi·nic·chi·ney·yā

     Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho taṁ vatthuṁ vinicchineyyā’ti.

     If the Sangha is ready, it should decide that matter.’

290. 290

     एवञ्चेतंe·vañ·ce·taṃ लभेथ,la·bhe·tha इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं।ku·sa·laṃ

     Evañcetaṁ labhetha, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.

     If this works out, all is well.

291. 291

     नोno चेce लभेथ,la·bhe·tha तदहुपोसथेta·da·hu·po·sa·the चातुद्दसेcā·tud·da·se वाvā पन्नरसेpan·na·ra·se वाvā तस्मिंtas·miṃ पुग्गलेpug·ga·le सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te सङ्घमज्झेsaṅ·gha·maj·jhe उदाहरितब्बं—u·dā·ha·ri·tab·baṃ

     No ce labhetha, tadahuposathe cātuddase vā pannarase vā tasmiṁ puggale sammukhībhūte saṅghamajjhe udāharitabbaṁ—

     If not, then on the observance day, whether the fourteenth or the fifteenth, in the midst of the Sangha and in the presence of that person, a monk should announce:

292. 292

     ‘सुणातुsu·ṇā·tu मे,me भन्ते,bhan·te सङ्घो।saṅ·gho

     ‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.

     ‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.

293. 293

     इत्थन्नामस्सit·than·nā·mas·sa पुग्गलस्सpug·ga·las·sa सिक्खंsik·khaṃ पच्चक्खातकथाpac·cak·khā·ta·ka·thā विप्पकता,vip·pa·ka·tā तंtaṃ वत्थुvat·thu अविनिच्छितं।a·vi·nic·chi·taṃ

     Itthannāmassa puggalassa sikkhaṁ paccakkhātakathā vippakatā, taṁ vatthu avinicchitaṁ.

     There’s an unfinished discussion about so-and-so renouncing the training. The matter hasn’t been decided.

294. 294

     तस्सtas·sa पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेमि,ṭha·pe·mi नna तस्मिंtas·miṃ सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ उद्दिसितब्बन्ति—ud·di·si·tab·ban·ti

     Tassa pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapemi, na tasmiṁ sammukhībhūte pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbanti—

     I cancel his hearing of the Monastic Code. The Monastic Code shouldn’t be recited in his presence.’

295. 295

     धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ पातिमोक्खट्ठपनं’।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·naṃ

     dhammikaṁ pātimokkhaṭṭhapanaṁ’.

     This cancellation of the Monastic Code is legitimate.”

296. 296

     One who reopens a legitimate legal procedure

297. 297

     कथंka·thaṃ धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ सामग्गिंsā·mag·giṃ नna उपेति?u·pe·ti

     Kathaṁ dhammikaṁ sāmaggiṁ na upeti?

     “And how does he not go to a legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly?

298. 298

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu येहिye·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi येहिye·hi लिङ्गेहिliṅ·ge·hi येहिye·hi निमित्तेहिni·mit·te·hi धम्मिकायdham·mi·kā·ya सामग्गियानुपगमनंsā·mag·gi·yā·nu·pa·ga·ma·naṃ होति,ho·ti तेहिte·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi तेहिte·hi लिङ्गेहिliṅ·ge·hi तेहिte·hi निमित्तेहिni·mit·te·hi भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पस्सतिpas·sa·ti धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ सामग्गिंsā·mag·giṃ नna उपेन्तं।u·pen·taṃ

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yehi ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi dhammikāya sāmaggiyānupagamanaṁ hoti, tehi ākārehi tehi liṅgehi tehi nimittehi bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ passati dhammikaṁ sāmaggiṁ na upentaṁ.

     A monk sees in a monk the characteristics and signs of someone who doesn’t go to a legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly.

299. 299

     नna हेवhe·va खोkho भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पस्सतिpas·sa·ti धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ सामग्गिंsā·mag·giṃ नna उपेन्तं,u·pen·taṃ अपिa·pi चca अञ्ञोañ·ño भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa आरोचेति—ā·ro·ce·ti

     Na heva kho bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ passati dhammikaṁ sāmaggiṁ na upentaṁ, api ca añño bhikkhu bhikkhussa āroceti—

     Or a monk doesn’t see a monk not going to a legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly, but another monk informs him that

300. 300

     ‘इत्थन्नामो,it·than·nā·mo आवुसो,ā·vu·so भिक्खुbhik·khu धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ सामग्गिंsā·mag·giṃ नna उपेती’ति।u·pe·tī

     ‘itthannāmo, āvuso, bhikkhu dhammikaṁ sāmaggiṁ na upetī’ti.

     monk so-and-so didn’t go to a legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly.

301. 301

     नna हेवhe·va खोkho भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पस्सतिpas·sa·ti धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ सामग्गिंsā·mag·giṃ नna उपेन्तं,u·pen·taṃ नापिnā·pi अञ्ञोañ·ño भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa आरोचेति—ā·ro·ce·ti

     Na heva kho bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ passati dhammikaṁ sāmaggiṁ na upentaṁ, nāpi añño bhikkhu bhikkhussa āroceti—

     Or a monk doesn’t see a monk not going to a legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly, nor does another monk inform him,

302. 302

     ‘इत्थन्नामो,it·than·nā·mo आवुसो,ā·vu·so भिक्खुbhik·khu धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ सामग्गिंsā·mag·giṃ नna उपेती’ति,u·pe·tī अपिa·pi चca सोवso·va भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa आरोचेति—ā·ro·ce·ti

     ‘itthannāmo, āvuso, bhikkhu dhammikaṁ sāmaggiṁ na upetī’ti, api ca sova bhikkhu bhikkhussa āroceti—

     but the monk himself informs him that

303. 303

     ‘अहं,a·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ सामग्गिंsā·mag·giṃ नna उपेमी’ति।u·pe·mī

     ‘ahaṁ, āvuso, dhammikaṁ sāmaggiṁ na upemī’ti.

     he didn’t go to a legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly.

304. 304

     आकङ्खमानो,ā·kaṅ·kha·mā·no भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu तेनte·na दिट्ठेनdiṭ·ṭhe·na तेनte·na सुतेनsu·te·na तायtā·ya परिसङ्कायpa·ri·saṅ·kā·ya तदहुपोसथेta·da·hu·po·sa·the चातुद्दसेcā·tud·da·se वाvā पन्नरसेpan·na·ra·se वाvā तस्मिंtas·miṃ पुग्गलेpug·ga·le सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te सङ्घमज्झेsaṅ·gha·maj·jhe उदाहरेय्य—u·dā·ha·rey·ya

     Ākaṅkhamāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tena diṭṭhena tena sutena tāya parisaṅkāya tadahuposathe cātuddase vā pannarase vā tasmiṁ puggale sammukhībhūte saṅghamajjhe udāhareyya—

     Then, on the observance day, whether the fourteenth or the fifteenth, he may if he wishes, based on what he has seen, has heard, or suspects, announce in the midst of the Sangha and in the presence of that person:

305. 305

     ‘सुणातुsu·ṇā·tu मे,me भन्ते,bhan·te सङ्घो।saṅ·gho

     ‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.

     ‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.

306. 306

     इत्थन्नामोit·than·nā·mo पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ सामग्गिंsā·mag·giṃ नna उपेति,u·pe·ti तस्सtas·sa पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेमि,ṭha·pe·mi नna तस्मिंtas·miṃ सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ उद्दिसितब्बन्ति—ud·di·si·tab·ban·ti

     Itthannāmo puggalo dhammikaṁ sāmaggiṁ na upeti, tassa pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapemi, na tasmiṁ sammukhībhūte pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbanti—

     So-and-so didn’t go to a legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly. I cancel his hearing of the Monastic Code. The Monastic Code shouldn’t be recited in his presence.’

307. 307

     धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ पातिमोक्खट्ठपनं’।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·naṃ

     dhammikaṁ pātimokkhaṭṭhapanaṁ’.

     This cancellation of the Monastic Code is legitimate.”

308. 308

     कथंka·thaṃ धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ सामग्गिंsā·mag·giṃ पच्चादियति?pac·cā·di·ya·ti

     Kathaṁ dhammikaṁ sāmaggiṁ paccādiyati?

     “And how does he reopen a legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly?

309. 309

     इध,i·dha भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu येहिye·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi येहिye·hi लिङ्गेहिliṅ·ge·hi येहिye·hi निमित्तेहिni·mit·te·hi धम्मिकायdham·mi·kā·ya सामग्गियाsā·mag·gi·yā पच्चादानंpac·cā·dā·naṃ होति,ho·ti तेहिte·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi तेहिte·hi लिङ्गेहिliṅ·ge·hi तेहिte·hi निमित्तेहिni·mit·te·hi भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पस्सतिpas·sa·ti धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ सामग्गिंsā·mag·giṃ पच्चादियन्तं।pac·cā·di·yan·taṃ

     Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yehi ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi dhammikāya sāmaggiyā paccādānaṁ hoti, tehi ākārehi tehi liṅgehi tehi nimittehi bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ passati dhammikaṁ sāmaggiṁ paccādiyantaṁ.

     A monk sees in a monk the characteristics and signs of someone who reopens a legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly.

310. 310

     नna हेवhe·va खोkho भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पस्सतिpas·sa·ti धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ सामग्गिंsā·mag·giṃ पच्चादियन्तं,pac·cā·di·yan·taṃ अपिa·pi चca अञ्ञोañ·ño भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa आरोचेति—‘इत्थन्नामो,ā·ro·ce·ti आवुसो,ā·vu·so भिक्खुbhik·khu धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ सामग्गिंsā·mag·giṃ पच्चादियती’ति।pac·cā·di·ya·tī

     Na heva kho bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ passati dhammikaṁ sāmaggiṁ paccādiyantaṁ, api ca añño bhikkhu bhikkhussa āroceti—‘itthannāmo, āvuso, bhikkhu dhammikaṁ sāmaggiṁ paccādiyatī’ti.

     Or a monk doesn’t see a monk reopening a legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly, but another monk informs him that monk so-and-so has reopened a legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly.

311. 311

     नna हेवhe·va खोkho भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पस्सतिpas·sa·ti धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ सामग्गिंsā·mag·giṃ पच्चादियन्तं,pac·cā·di·yan·taṃ नापिnā·pi अञ्ञोañ·ño भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa आरोचेति—‘इत्थन्नामो,ā·ro·ce·ti आवुसो,ā·vu·so भिक्खुbhik·khu धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ सामग्गिंsā·mag·giṃ पच्चादियती’ति,pac·cā·di·ya·tī अपिa·pi चca सोवso·va भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa आरोचेति—‘अहं,ā·ro·ce·ti आवुसो,ā·vu·so धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ सामग्गिंsā·mag·giṃ पच्चादियामी’ति।pac·cā·di·yā·mī

     Na heva kho bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ passati dhammikaṁ sāmaggiṁ paccādiyantaṁ, nāpi añño bhikkhu bhikkhussa āroceti—‘itthannāmo, āvuso, bhikkhu dhammikaṁ sāmaggiṁ paccādiyatī’ti, api ca sova bhikkhu bhikkhussa āroceti—‘ahaṁ, āvuso, dhammikaṁ sāmaggiṁ paccādiyāmī’ti.

     Or a monk doesn’t see a monk reopening a legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly, nor does another monk inform him, but the monk himself informs him that he has reopened a legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly.

312. 312

     आकङ्खमानो,ā·kaṅ·kha·mā·no भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu तेनte·na दिट्ठेनdiṭ·ṭhe·na तेनte·na सुतेनsu·te·na तायtā·ya परिसङ्कायpa·ri·saṅ·kā·ya तदहुपोसथेta·da·hu·po·sa·the चातुद्दसेcā·tud·da·se वाvā पन्नरसेpan·na·ra·se वाvā तस्मिंtas·miṃ पुग्गलेpug·ga·le सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te सङ्घमज्झेsaṅ·gha·maj·jhe उदाहरेय्य—u·dā·ha·rey·ya

     Ākaṅkhamāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tena diṭṭhena tena sutena tāya parisaṅkāya tadahuposathe cātuddase vā pannarase vā tasmiṁ puggale sammukhībhūte saṅghamajjhe udāhareyya—

     Then, on the observance day, whether the fourteenth or the fifteenth, he may if he wishes, based on what he has seen, has heard, or suspects, announce in the midst of the Sangha and in the presence of that person:

313. 313

     ‘सुणातुsu·ṇā·tu मे,me भन्ते,bhan·te सङ्घो।saṅ·gho

     ‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.

     ‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.

314. 314

     इत्थन्नामोit·than·nā·mo पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ सामग्गिंsā·mag·giṃ पच्चादियति,pac·cā·di·ya·ti तस्सtas·sa पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेमि,ṭha·pe·mi नna तस्मिंtas·miṃ सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ उद्दिसितब्बन्ति—ud·di·si·tab·ban·ti

     Itthannāmo puggalo dhammikaṁ sāmaggiṁ paccādiyati, tassa pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapemi, na tasmiṁ sammukhībhūte pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbanti—

     So-and-so has reopened a legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly. I cancel his hearing of the Monastic Code. The Monastic Code shouldn’t be recited in his presence.’

315. 315

     धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ पातिमोक्खट्ठपनं’।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·naṃ

     dhammikaṁ pātimokkhaṭṭhapanaṁ’.

     This cancellation of the Monastic Code is legitimate.

316. 316

     भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa पातिमोक्खेpā·ti·mok·khe ठपितेṭha·pi·te परिसाpa·ri·sā वुट्ठाति,vuṭ·ṭhā·ti दसन्नंda·san·naṃ अन्तरायानंan·ta·rā·yā·naṃ अञ्ञतरेन—añ·ña·ta·re·na

     Bhikkhussa pātimokkhe ṭhapite parisā vuṭṭhāti, dasannaṁ antarāyānaṁ aññatarena—

     When the Monastic Code has been canceled for a monk, it may be that the gathering breaks up because of any one of ten threats:

317. 317

     राजन्तरायेनrā·jan·ta·rā·ye·na वाvā …पे…pe

     rājantarāyena vā …pe…

     a threat from kings, criminals, fire, flooding, people, spirits, predatory animals, snakes, or a threat to life,

318. 318

     ब्रह्मचरियन्तरायेनbrah·ma·ca·ri·yan·ta·rā·ye·na वा।vā

     brahmacariyantarāyena vā.

     or a threat to the monastic life.

319. 319

     आकङ्खमानो,ā·kaṅ·kha·mā·no भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu तस्मिंtas·miṃ वाvā आवासे,ā·vā·se अञ्ञस्मिंañ·ñas·miṃ वाvā आवासे,ā·vā·se तस्मिंtas·miṃ पुग्गलेpug·ga·le सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te सङ्घमज्झेsaṅ·gha·maj·jhe उदाहरेय्य—u·dā·ha·rey·ya

     Ākaṅkhamāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tasmiṁ vā āvāse, aññasmiṁ vā āvāse, tasmiṁ puggale sammukhībhūte saṅghamajjhe udāhareyya—

     Then, if a monk wishes, he may, in that monastery or in another monastery, announce in the midst of the Sangha and in the presence of that person:

320. 320

     ‘सुणातुsu·ṇā·tu मे,me भन्ते,bhan·te सङ्घो।saṅ·gho

     ‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.

     ‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.

321. 321

     इत्थन्नामस्सit·than·nā·mas·sa पुग्गलस्सpug·ga·las·sa धम्मिकायdham·mi·kā·ya सामग्गियाsā·mag·gi·yā पच्चादानकथाpac·cā·dā·na·ka·thā विप्पकता,vip·pa·ka·tā तंtaṃ वत्थुvat·thu अविनिच्छितं।a·vi·nic·chi·taṃ

     Itthannāmassa puggalassa dhammikāya sāmaggiyā paccādānakathā vippakatā, taṁ vatthu avinicchitaṁ.

     There’s an unfinished discussion about so-and-so reopening a legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly. The matter hasn’t been decided.

322. 322

     यदिya·di सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa पत्तकल्लं,pat·ta·kal·laṃ सङ्घोsaṅ·gho तंtaṃ वत्थुंvat·thuṃ विनिच्छिनेय्या’ति।vi·nic·chi·ney·yā

     Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho taṁ vatthuṁ vinicchineyyā’ti.

     If the Sangha is ready, it should decide that matter.’

323. 323

     एवञ्चेतंe·vañ·ce·taṃ लभेथ,la·bhe·tha इच्चेतंic·ce·taṃ कुसलं।ku·sa·laṃ

     Evañcetaṁ labhetha, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.

     If this works out, all is well.

324. 324

     नोno चेce लभेथ,la·bhe·tha तदहुपोसथेta·da·hu·po·sa·the चातुद्दसेcā·tud·da·se वाvā पन्नरसेpan·na·ra·se वाvā तस्मिंtas·miṃ पुग्गलेpug·ga·le सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te सङ्घमज्झेsaṅ·gha·maj·jhe उदाहरितब्बं—u·dā·ha·ri·tab·baṃ

     No ce labhetha, tadahuposathe cātuddase vā pannarase vā tasmiṁ puggale sammukhībhūte saṅghamajjhe udāharitabbaṁ—

     If not, then on the observance day, whether the fourteenth or the fifteenth, in the midst of the Sangha and in the presence of that person, a monk should announce:

325. 325

     ‘सुणातुsu·ṇā·tu मे,me भन्ते,bhan·te सङ्घो।saṅ·gho

     ‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.

     ‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.

326. 326

     इत्थन्नामस्सit·than·nā·mas·sa पुग्गलस्सpug·ga·las·sa धम्मिकायdham·mi·kā·ya सामग्गियाsā·mag·gi·yā पच्चादानकथाpac·cā·dā·na·ka·thā विप्पकता,vip·pa·ka·tā तंtaṃ वत्थुvat·thu अविनिच्छितं।a·vi·nic·chi·taṃ

     Itthannāmassa puggalassa dhammikāya sāmaggiyā paccādānakathā vippakatā, taṁ vatthu avinicchitaṁ.

     There’s an unfinished discussion about so-and-so reopening a legitimate legal procedure of a complete assembly. The matter hasn’t been decided.

327. 327

     तस्सtas·sa पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेमि,ṭha·pe·mi नna तस्मिंtas·miṃ सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ उद्दिसितब्बन्ति—ud·di·si·tab·ban·ti

     Tassa pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapemi, na tasmiṁ sammukhībhūte pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbanti—

     I cancel his hearing of the Monastic Code. The Monastic Code shouldn’t be recited in his presence.’

328. 328

     धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ पातिमोक्खट्ठपनं’।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·naṃ

     dhammikaṁ pātimokkhaṭṭhapanaṁ’.

     This cancellation of the Monastic Code is legitimate.”

329. 329

     Failure in morality, conduct, or view

330. 330

     कथंka·thaṃ सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितोdiṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to होति?ho·ti

     Kathaṁ sīlavipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkito hoti?

     “And how is failure in morality seen, heard, or suspected?

331. 331

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu येहिye·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi येहिye·hi लिङ्गेहिliṅ·ge·hi येहिye·hi निमित्तेहिni·mit·te·hi सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितोdiṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to होति,ho·ti तेहिte·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi तेहिte·hi लिङ्गेहिliṅ·ge·hi तेहिte·hi निमित्तेहिni·mit·te·hi भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पस्सतिpas·sa·ti सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितं।diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·taṃ

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yehi ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi sīlavipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkito hoti, tehi ākārehi tehi liṅgehi tehi nimittehi bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ passati sīlavipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkitaṁ.

     A monk sees in a monk the characteristics and signs of someone who has been seen, heard, or suspected of failure in morality.

332. 332

     नna हेवhe·va खोkho भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पस्सतिpas·sa·ti सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितं,diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·taṃ अपिa·pi चca अञ्ञोañ·ño भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa आरोचेति—ā·ro·ce·ti

     Na heva kho bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ passati sīlavipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkitaṁ, api ca añño bhikkhu bhikkhussa āroceti—

     Or a monk doesn’t see a monk who has been seen, heard, or suspected of failure in morality, but another monk informs him that

333. 333

     ‘इत्थन्नामो,it·than·nā·mo आवुसो,ā·vu·so भिक्खुbhik·khu सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितो’ति।diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to

     ‘itthannāmo, āvuso, bhikkhu sīlavipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkito’ti.

     monk so-and-so has been seen, heard, or suspected of failure in morality.

334. 334

     नna हेवhe·va खोkho भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पस्सतिpas·sa·ti सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितं,diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·taṃ नापिnā·pi अञ्ञोañ·ño भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa आरोचेति—ā·ro·ce·ti

     Na heva kho bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ passati sīlavipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkitaṁ, nāpi añño bhikkhu bhikkhussa āroceti—

     Or a monk doesn’t see a monk who has been seen, heard, or suspected of failure in morality, nor does another monk inform him,

335. 335

     ‘इत्थन्नामो,it·than·nā·mo आवुसो,ā·vu·so भिक्खुbhik·khu सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितो’ति,diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to अपिa·pi चca सोवso·va भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa आरोचेति—ā·ro·ce·ti

     ‘itthannāmo, āvuso, bhikkhu sīlavipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkito’ti, api ca sova bhikkhu bhikkhussa āroceti—

     but the monk himself informs him that

336. 336

     ‘अहं,a·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितोम्ही’ति।diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·tom·hī

     ‘ahaṁ, āvuso, sīlavipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkitomhī’ti.

     he has been seen, heard, or suspected of failure in morality.

337. 337

     आकङ्खमानो,ā·kaṅ·kha·mā·no भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu तेनte·na दिट्ठेनdiṭ·ṭhe·na तेनte·na सुतेनsu·te·na तायtā·ya परिसङ्कायpa·ri·saṅ·kā·ya तदहुपोसथेta·da·hu·po·sa·the चातुद्दसेcā·tud·da·se वाvā पन्नरसेpan·na·ra·se वाvā तस्मिंtas·miṃ पुग्गलेpug·ga·le सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te सङ्घमज्झेsaṅ·gha·maj·jhe उदाहरेय्य—u·dā·ha·rey·ya

     Ākaṅkhamāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tena diṭṭhena tena sutena tāya parisaṅkāya tadahuposathe cātuddase vā pannarase vā tasmiṁ puggale sammukhībhūte saṅghamajjhe udāhareyya—

     Then, on the observance day, whether the fourteenth or the fifteenth, he may if he wishes, based on what he has seen, has heard, or suspects, announce in the midst of the Sangha and in the presence of that person:

338. 338

     ‘सुणातुsu·ṇā·tu मे,me भन्ते,bhan·te सङ्घो।saṅ·gho

     ‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.

     ‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.

339. 339

     इत्थन्नामोit·than·nā·mo पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo सीलविपत्तियाsī·la·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितो,diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to तस्सtas·sa पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेमि,ṭha·pe·mi नna तस्मिंtas·miṃ सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ उद्दिसितब्बन्ति—ud·di·si·tab·ban·ti

     Itthannāmo puggalo sīlavipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkito, tassa pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapemi, na tasmiṁ sammukhībhūte pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbanti—

     So-and-so has been seen, heard, or suspected of failure in morality. I cancel his hearing of the Monastic Code. The Monastic Code shouldn’t be recited in their presence.’

340. 340

     धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ पातिमोक्खट्ठपनं’।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·naṃ

     dhammikaṁ pātimokkhaṭṭhapanaṁ’.

     This cancellation of the Monastic Code is legitimate.

341. 341

     कथंka·thaṃ आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितोdiṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to होति?ho·ti

     Kathaṁ ācāravipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkito hoti?

     And how is failure in conduct seen, heard, or suspected?

342. 342

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu येहिye·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi येहिye·hi लिङ्गेहिliṅ·ge·hi येहिye·hi निमित्तेहिni·mit·te·hi आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितोdiṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to होतिho·ti तेहिte·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi तेहिte·hi लिङ्गेहिliṅ·ge·hi तेहिte·hi निमित्तेहिni·mit·te·hi भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पस्सतिpas·sa·ti आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितं।diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·taṃ

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yehi ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi ācāravipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkito hoti tehi ākārehi tehi liṅgehi tehi nimittehi bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ passati ācāravipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkitaṁ.

     A monk sees in a monk the characteristics and signs of someone who has been seen, heard, or suspected of failure in conduct.

343. 343

     नna हेवhe·va खोkho भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पस्सतिpas·sa·ti आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितं,diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·taṃ अपिa·pi चca अञ्ञोañ·ño भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa आरोचेति—ā·ro·ce·ti

     Na heva kho bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ passati ācāravipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkitaṁ, api ca añño bhikkhu bhikkhussa āroceti—

     Or a monk doesn’t see a monk who has been seen, heard, or suspected of failure in conduct, but another monk informs him that

344. 344

     ‘इत्थन्नामो,it·than·nā·mo आवुसो,ā·vu·so भिक्खुbhik·khu आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितो’ति।diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to

     ‘itthannāmo, āvuso, bhikkhu ācāravipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkito’ti.

     monk so-and-so has been seen, heard, or suspected of failure in conduct.

345. 345

     नna हेवhe·va खोkho भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पस्सतिpas·sa·ti आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितं,diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·taṃ नापिnā·pi अञ्ञोañ·ño भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa आरोचेति—ā·ro·ce·ti

     Na heva kho bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ passati ācāravipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkitaṁ, nāpi añño bhikkhu bhikkhussa āroceti—

     Or a monk doesn’t see a monk who has been seen, heard, or suspected of failure in conduct, nor does another monk inform him,

346. 346

     ‘इत्थन्नामो,it·than·nā·mo आवुसो,ā·vu·so भिक्खुbhik·khu आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितो’ति,diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to अपिa·pi चca सोवso·va भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa आरोचेति—ā·ro·ce·ti

     ‘itthannāmo, āvuso, bhikkhu ācāravipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkito’ti, api ca sova bhikkhu bhikkhussa āroceti—

     but the monk himself informs him that

347. 347

     ‘अहं,a·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितोम्ही’ति।diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·tom·hī

     ‘ahaṁ, āvuso, ācāravipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkitomhī’ti.

     he has been seen, heard, or suspected of failure in conduct.

348. 348

     आकङ्खमानो,ā·kaṅ·kha·mā·no भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu तेनte·na दिट्ठेनdiṭ·ṭhe·na तेनte·na सुतेनsu·te·na तायtā·ya परिसङ्कायpa·ri·saṅ·kā·ya तदहुपोसथेta·da·hu·po·sa·the चातुद्दसेcā·tud·da·se वाvā पन्नरसेpan·na·ra·se वाvā तस्मिंtas·miṃ पुग्गलेpug·ga·le सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te सङ्घमज्झेsaṅ·gha·maj·jhe उदाहरेय्य—u·dā·ha·rey·ya

     Ākaṅkhamāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tena diṭṭhena tena sutena tāya parisaṅkāya tadahuposathe cātuddase vā pannarase vā tasmiṁ puggale sammukhībhūte saṅghamajjhe udāhareyya—

     Then, on the observance day, whether the fourteenth or the fifteenth, he may if he wishes, based on what he has seen, has heard, or suspects, announce in the midst of the Sangha and in the presence of that person:

349. 349

     ‘सुणातुsu·ṇā·tu मे,me भन्ते,bhan·te सङ्घो।saṅ·gho

     ‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.

     ‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.

350. 350

     इत्थन्नामोit·than·nā·mo पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo आचारविपत्तियाā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितो,diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to तस्सtas·sa पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेमि,ṭha·pe·mi नna तस्मिंtas·miṃ सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ उद्दिसितब्बन्ति—ud·di·si·tab·ban·ti

     Itthannāmo puggalo ācāravipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkito, tassa pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapemi, na tasmiṁ sammukhībhūte pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbanti—

     So-and-so has been seen, heard, or suspected of failure in conduct. I cancel his hearing of the Monastic Code. The Monastic Code shouldn’t be recited in their presence.’

351. 351

     धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ पातिमोक्खट्ठपनं’।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·naṃ

     dhammikaṁ pātimokkhaṭṭhapanaṁ’.

     This cancellation of the Monastic Code is legitimate.

352. 352

     कथंka·thaṃ दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितोdiṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to होति?ho·ti

     Kathaṁ diṭṭhivipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkito hoti?

     And how is failure in view seen, heard, or suspected?

353. 353

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu येहिye·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi येहिye·hi लिङ्गेहिliṅ·ge·hi येहिye·hi निमित्तेहिni·mit·te·hi दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितोdiṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to होति,ho·ti तेहिte·hi आकारेहिā·kā·re·hi तेहिte·hi लिङ्गेहिliṅ·ge·hi तेहिte·hi निमित्तेहिni·mit·te·hi भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पस्सतिpas·sa·ti दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितं।diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·taṃ

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yehi ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi diṭṭhivipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkito hoti, tehi ākārehi tehi liṅgehi tehi nimittehi bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ passati diṭṭhivipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkitaṁ.

     A monk sees in a monk the characteristics and signs of someone who has been seen, heard, or suspected of failure in view.

354. 354

     नna हेवhe·va खोkho भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पस्सतिpas·sa·ti दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितं,diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·taṃ अपिa·pi चca अञ्ञोañ·ño भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa आरोचेति—ā·ro·ce·ti

     Na heva kho bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ passati diṭṭhivipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkitaṁ, api ca añño bhikkhu bhikkhussa āroceti—

     Or a monk doesn’t see a monk who has been seen, heard, or suspected of failure in view, but another monk informs him that

355. 355

     ‘इत्थन्नामो,it·than·nā·mo आवुसो,ā·vu·so भिक्खुbhik·khu दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितो’ति।diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to

     ‘itthannāmo, āvuso, bhikkhu diṭṭhivipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkito’ti.

     monk so-and-so has been seen, heard, or suspected of failure in view.

356. 356

     नna हेवhe·va खोkho भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ पस्सतिpas·sa·ti दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितं,diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·taṃ नापिnā·pi अञ्ञोañ·ño भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa आरोचेति—ā·ro·ce·ti

     Na heva kho bhikkhu bhikkhuṁ passati diṭṭhivipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkitaṁ, nāpi añño bhikkhu bhikkhussa āroceti—

     Or a monk doesn’t see a monk who has been seen, heard, or suspected of failure in view, nor does another monk inform him,

357. 357

     ‘इत्थन्नामो,it·than·nā·mo आवुसो,ā·vu·so भिक्खुbhik·khu दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितो’ति,diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to अपिa·pi चca सोवso·va भिक्खुbhik·khu भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa आरोचेति—ā·ro·ce·ti

     ‘itthannāmo, āvuso, bhikkhu diṭṭhivipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkito’ti, api ca sova bhikkhu bhikkhussa āroceti—

     but the monk himself informs him that

358. 358

     ‘अहं,a·haṃ आवुसो,ā·vu·so दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितोम्ही’ति।diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·tom·hī

     ‘ahaṁ, āvuso, diṭṭhivipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkitomhī’ti.

     he has been seen, heard, or suspected of failure in view.

359. 359

     आकङ्खमानो,ā·kaṅ·kha·mā·no भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu तेनte·na दिट्ठेनdiṭ·ṭhe·na तेनte·na सुतेनsu·te·na तायtā·ya परिसङ्कायpa·ri·saṅ·kā·ya तदहुपोसथेta·da·hu·po·sa·the चातुद्दसेcā·tud·da·se वाvā पन्नरसेpan·na·ra·se वाvā तस्मिंtas·miṃ पुग्गलेpug·ga·le सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te सङ्घमज्झेsaṅ·gha·maj·jhe उदाहरेय्य—u·dā·ha·rey·ya

     Ākaṅkhamāno, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tena diṭṭhena tena sutena tāya parisaṅkāya tadahuposathe cātuddase vā pannarase vā tasmiṁ puggale sammukhībhūte saṅghamajjhe udāhareyya—

     Then, on the observance day, whether the fourteenth or the fifteenth, he may if he wishes, based on what he has seen, has heard, or suspects, announce in the midst of the Sangha and in the presence of that person:

360. 360

     ‘सुणातुsu·ṇā·tu मे,me भन्ते,bhan·te सङ्घो।saṅ·gho

     ‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.

     ‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.

361. 361

     इत्थन्नामोit·than·nā·mo पुग्गलोpug·ga·lo दिट्ठिविपत्तियाdiṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितो,diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·to तस्सtas·sa पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेमि,ṭha·pe·mi नna तस्मिंtas·miṃ सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ उद्दिसितब्बन्ति—ud·di·si·tab·ban·ti

     Itthannāmo puggalo diṭṭhivipattiyā diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkito, tassa pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapemi, na tasmiṁ sammukhībhūte pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbanti—

     So-and-so has been seen, heard, or suspected of failure in view. I cancel his hearing of the Monastic Code. The Monastic Code shouldn’t be recited in their presence.’

362. 362

     धम्मिकंdham·mi·kaṃ पातिमोक्खट्ठपनं’।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·naṃ

     dhammikaṁ pātimokkhaṭṭhapanaṁ’.

     This cancellation of the Monastic Code is legitimate.

363. 363

     इमानिi·mā·ni दसda·sa धम्मिकानिdham·mi·kā·ni पातिमोक्खट्ठपनानी”ति।pā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nā·nī

     Imāni dasa dhammikāni pātimokkhaṭṭhapanānī”ti.

     These are the ten legitimate cancellations of the Monastic Code.”

364. 364

     पठमभाणवारोpa·ṭha·ma·bhā·ṇa·vā·ro निट्ठितो।niṭ·ṭhi·to

     Paṭhamabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito.

     The first section for recitation is finished.

365. 365

     7। अत्तादानअङ्गat·tā·dā·na·aṅ·ga

     7. Attādānaaṅga

     7. The qualities needed to raise an issue

366. 366

     अथa·tha खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā उपालिu·pā·li येनye·na भगवाbha·ga·vā तेनुपसङ्कमि,te·nu·pa·saṅ·ka·mi उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā भगवन्तंbha·ga·van·taṃ अभिवादेत्वाa·bhi·vā·det·vā एकमन्तंe·ka·man·taṃ निसीदि।ni·sī·di

     Atha kho āyasmā upāli yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.

     Venerable Upāli went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down,

367. 367

     एकमन्तंe·ka·man·taṃ निसिन्नोni·sin·no खोkho आयस्माā·yas·mā उपालिu·pā·li भगवन्तंbha·ga·van·taṃ एतदवोच—e·ta·da·vo·ca

     Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā upāli bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—

     and said,

368. 368

     “अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदातुकामेन,ā·dā·tu·kā·me·na भन्ते,bhan·te भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā कतमङ्गसमन्नागतंka·ta·maṅ·ga·sa·man·nā·ga·taṃ अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदातब्बन्”ति?ā·dā·tab·ban

     “attādānaṁ ādātukāmena, bhante, bhikkhunā katamaṅgasamannāgataṁ attādānaṁ ādātabban”ti?

     “Sir, if a monk wishes to raise an issue, what factors should be fulfilled?”

369. 369

     “अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदातुकामेन,ā·dā·tu·kā·me·na उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā पञ्चङ्गसमन्नागतंpañ·caṅ·ga·sa·man·nā·ga·taṃ अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदातब्बं।ā·dā·tab·baṃ

     “Attādānaṁ ādātukāmena, upāli, bhikkhunā pañcaṅgasamannāgataṁ attādānaṁ ādātabbaṁ.

     “Five factors should be fulfilled:

370. 370

     अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदातुकामेन,ā·dā·tu·kā·me·na उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā एवंe·vaṃ पच्चवेक्खितब्बं—pac·ca·vek·khi·tab·baṃ

     Attādānaṁ ādātukāmena, upāli, bhikkhunā evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ—

     He should reflect

371. 371

     ‘यंyaṃ खोkho अहंa·haṃ इमंi·maṃ अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदातुकामो,ā·dā·tu·kā·mo कालोkā·lo नुnu खोkho इमंi·maṃ अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदातुंā·dā·tuṃ उदाहुu·dā·hu नो’ति?no

     ‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ imaṁ attādānaṁ ādātukāmo, kālo nu kho imaṁ attādānaṁ ādātuṁ udāhu no’ti?

     whether it’s the right time to raise it.

372. 372

     सचे,sa·ce उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुbhik·khu पच्चवेक्खमानोpac·ca·vek·kha·mā·no एवंe·vaṃ जानाति—jā·nā·ti

     Sace, upāli, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti—

     If he knows

373. 373

     ‘अकालोa·kā·lo इमंi·maṃ अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदातुं,ā·dā·tuṃ नोno कालो’ति,kā·lo नna तं,taṃ उपालि,u·pā·li अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदातब्बं।ā·dā·tab·baṃ

     ‘akālo imaṁ attādānaṁ ādātuṁ, no kālo’ti, na taṁ, upāli, attādānaṁ ādātabbaṁ.

     it’s the wrong time, he shouldn’t raise it.

374. 374

     सचेsa·ce पनुपालि,pa·nu·pā·li भिक्खुbhik·khu पच्चवेक्खमानोpac·ca·vek·kha·mā·no एवंe·vaṃ जानाति—jā·nā·ti

     Sace panupāli, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti—

     But if he knows

375. 375

     ‘कालोkā·lo इमंi·maṃ अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदातुं,ā·dā·tuṃ नोno अकालो’ति,a·kā·lo तेनुपालि,te·nu·pā·li भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā उत्तरिut·ta·ri पच्चवेक्खितब्बं—pac·ca·vek·khi·tab·baṃ

     ‘kālo imaṁ attādānaṁ ādātuṁ, no akālo’ti, tenupāli, bhikkhunā uttari paccavekkhitabbaṁ—

     it’s the right time, he should reflect further

376. 376

     ‘यंyaṃ खोkho अहंa·haṃ इमंi·maṃ अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदातुकामो,ā·dā·tu·kā·mo भूतंbhū·taṃ नुnu खोkho इदंi·daṃ अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ उदाहुu·dā·hu नो’ति?no

     ‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ imaṁ attādānaṁ ādātukāmo, bhūtaṁ nu kho idaṁ attādānaṁ udāhu no’ti?

     whether it’s a real issue.

377. 377

     सचे,sa·ce उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुbhik·khu पच्चवेक्खमानोpac·ca·vek·kha·mā·no एवंe·vaṃ जानाति—jā·nā·ti

     Sace, upāli, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti—

     If he knows

378. 378

     ‘अभूतंa·bhū·taṃ इदंi·daṃ अत्तादानं,at·tā·dā·naṃ नोno भूतन्’ति,bhū·tan नna तं,taṃ उपालि,u·pā·li अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदातब्बं।ā·dā·tab·baṃ

     ‘abhūtaṁ idaṁ attādānaṁ, no bhūtan’ti, na taṁ, upāli, attādānaṁ ādātabbaṁ.

     it’s not, he shouldn’t raise it.

379. 379

     सचेsa·ce पनुपालि,pa·nu·pā·li भिक्खुbhik·khu पच्चवेक्खमानोpac·ca·vek·kha·mā·no एवंe·vaṃ जानाति—jā·nā·ti

     Sace panupāli, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti—

     But if he knows

380. 380

     ‘भूतंbhū·taṃ इदंi·daṃ अत्तादानं,at·tā·dā·naṃ नोno अभूतन्’ति,a·bhū·tan तेनुपालि,te·nu·pā·li भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā उत्तरिut·ta·ri पच्चवेक्खितब्बं—pac·ca·vek·khi·tab·baṃ

     ‘bhūtaṁ idaṁ attādānaṁ, no abhūtan’ti, tenupāli, bhikkhunā uttari paccavekkhitabbaṁ—

     it is, he should reflect further

381. 381

     ‘यंyaṃ खोkho अहंa·haṃ इमंi·maṃ अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदातुकामो,ā·dā·tu·kā·mo अत्थसञ्हितंat·tha·sañ·hi·taṃ नुnu खोkho इदंi·daṃ अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ उदाहुu·dā·hu नो’ति?no

     ‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ imaṁ attādānaṁ ādātukāmo, atthasañhitaṁ nu kho idaṁ attādānaṁ udāhu no’ti?

     whether raising it will be beneficial.

382. 382

     सचे,sa·ce उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुbhik·khu पच्चवेक्खमानोpac·ca·vek·kha·mā·no एवंe·vaṃ जानाति—jā·nā·ti

     Sace, upāli, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti—

     If he knows

383. 383

     ‘अनत्थसञ्हितंa·nat·tha·sañ·hi·taṃ इदंi·daṃ अत्तादानं,at·tā·dā·naṃ नोno अत्थसञ्हितन्’ति,at·tha·sañ·hi·tan नna तं,taṃ उपालि,u·pā·li अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदातब्बं।ā·dā·tab·baṃ

     ‘anatthasañhitaṁ idaṁ attādānaṁ, no atthasañhitan’ti, na taṁ, upāli, attādānaṁ ādātabbaṁ.

     it won’t, he shouldn’t raise it.

384. 384

     सचेsa·ce पनुपालि,pa·nu·pā·li भिक्खुbhik·khu पच्चवेक्खमानोpac·ca·vek·kha·mā·no एवंe·vaṃ जानाति—jā·nā·ti

     Sace panupāli, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti—

     But if he knows

385. 385

     ‘अत्थसञ्हितंat·tha·sañ·hi·taṃ इदंi·daṃ अत्तादानं,at·tā·dā·naṃ नोno अनत्थसञ्हितन्’ति,a·nat·tha·sañ·hi·tan तेनुपालि,te·nu·pā·li भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā उत्तरिut·ta·ri पच्चवेक्खितब्बं—pac·ca·vek·khi·tab·baṃ

     ‘atthasañhitaṁ idaṁ attādānaṁ, no anatthasañhitan’ti, tenupāli, bhikkhunā uttari paccavekkhitabbaṁ—

     it will, he should reflect further

386. 386

     ‘इमंi·maṃ खोkho अहंa·haṃ अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदियमानोā·di·ya·mā·no लभिस्सामिla·bhis·sā·mi सन्दिट्ठेsan·diṭ·ṭhe सम्भत्तेsam·bhat·te भिक्खूbhik·khū धम्मतोdham·ma·to विनयतोvi·na·ya·to पक्खेpak·khe उदाहुu·dā·hu नो’ति?no

     ‘imaṁ kho ahaṁ attādānaṁ ādiyamāno labhissāmi sandiṭṭhe sambhatte bhikkhū dhammato vinayato pakkhe udāhu no’ti?

     whether the monks who are on the side of the Teaching and the Monastic Law will support him.

387. 387

     सचे,sa·ce उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुbhik·khu पच्चवेक्खमानोpac·ca·vek·kha·mā·no एवंe·vaṃ जानाति—jā·nā·ti

     Sace, upāli, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti—

     If he knows

388. 388

     ‘इमंi·maṃ खोkho अहंa·haṃ अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदियमानोā·di·ya·mā·no नna लभिस्सामिla·bhis·sā·mi सन्दिट्ठेsan·diṭ·ṭhe सम्भत्तेsam·bhat·te भिक्खूbhik·khū धम्मतोdham·ma·to विनयतोvi·na·ya·to पक्खे’ति,pak·khe नna तं,taṃ उपालि,u·pā·li अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदातब्बं।ā·dā·tab·baṃ

     ‘imaṁ kho ahaṁ attādānaṁ ādiyamāno na labhissāmi sandiṭṭhe sambhatte bhikkhū dhammato vinayato pakkhe’ti, na taṁ, upāli, attādānaṁ ādātabbaṁ.

     that they won’t, he shouldn’t raise it.

389. 389

     सचेsa·ce पनुपालि,pa·nu·pā·li भिक्खुbhik·khu पच्चवेक्खमानोpac·ca·vek·kha·mā·no एवंe·vaṃ जानाति—jā·nā·ti

     Sace panupāli, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti—

     But if he knows

390. 390

     ‘इमंi·maṃ खोkho अहंa·haṃ अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदियमानोā·di·ya·mā·no लभिस्सामिla·bhis·sā·mi सन्दिट्ठेsan·diṭ·ṭhe सम्भत्तेsam·bhat·te भिक्खूbhik·khū धम्मतोdham·ma·to विनयतोvi·na·ya·to पक्खे’ति,pak·khe तेनुपालि,te·nu·pā·li भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā उत्तरिut·ta·ri पच्चवेक्खितब्बं—pac·ca·vek·khi·tab·baṃ

     ‘imaṁ kho ahaṁ attādānaṁ ādiyamāno labhissāmi sandiṭṭhe sambhatte bhikkhū dhammato vinayato pakkhe’ti, tenupāli, bhikkhunā uttari paccavekkhitabbaṁ—

     that they will, he should reflect further

391. 391

     ‘इमंi·maṃ खोkho मेme अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदियतोā·di·ya·to भविस्सतिbha·vis·sa·ti सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa ततोनिदानंta·to·ni·dā·naṃ भण्डनंbhaṇ·ḍa·naṃ कलहोka·la·ho विग्गहोvig·ga·ho विवादोvi·vā·do सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do सङ्घराजिsaṅ·gha·rā·ji सङ्घववत्थानंsaṅ·gha·va·vat·thā·naṃ सङ्घनानाकरणंsaṅ·gha·nā·nā·ka·ra·ṇaṃ उदाहुu·dā·hu नो’ति?no

     ‘imaṁ kho me attādānaṁ ādiyato bhavissati saṅghassa tatonidānaṁ bhaṇḍanaṁ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṅghabhedo saṅgharāji saṅghavavatthānaṁ saṅghanānākaraṇaṁ udāhu no’ti?

     whether raising the issue will lead to arguments and disputes, to fracture and schism in the Sangha.

392. 392

     सचेsa·ce उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुbhik·khu पच्चवेक्खमानोpac·ca·vek·kha·mā·no एवंe·vaṃ जानाति—jā·nā·ti

     Sace upāli, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti—

     If he knows

393. 393

     ‘इमंi·maṃ खोkho मेme अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदियतोā·di·ya·to भविस्सतिbha·vis·sa·ti सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa ततोनिदानंta·to·ni·dā·naṃ भण्डनंbhaṇ·ḍa·naṃ कलहोka·la·ho विग्गहोvig·ga·ho विवादोvi·vā·do सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do सङ्घराजिsaṅ·gha·rā·ji सङ्घववत्थानंsaṅ·gha·va·vat·thā·naṃ सङ्घनानाकरणन्’ति,saṅ·gha·nā·nā·ka·ra·ṇan नna तं,taṃ उपालि,u·pā·li अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदातब्बं।ā·dā·tab·baṃ

     ‘imaṁ kho me attādānaṁ ādiyato bhavissati saṅghassa tatonidānaṁ bhaṇḍanaṁ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṅghabhedo saṅgharāji saṅghavavatthānaṁ saṅghanānākaraṇan’ti, na taṁ, upāli, attādānaṁ ādātabbaṁ.

     it will, he shouldn’t raise it.

394. 394

     सचेsa·ce पनुपालि,pa·nu·pā·li भिक्खुbhik·khu पच्चवेक्खमानोpac·ca·vek·kha·mā·no एवंe·vaṃ जानाति—jā·nā·ti

     Sace panupāli, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṁ jānāti—

     But if he knows

395. 395

     ‘इमंi·maṃ खोkho मेme अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदियतोā·di·ya·to नna भविस्सतिbha·vis·sa·ti सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa ततोनिदानंta·to·ni·dā·naṃ भण्डनंbhaṇ·ḍa·naṃ कलहोka·la·ho विग्गहोvig·ga·ho विवादोvi·vā·do सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do सङ्घराजिsaṅ·gha·rā·ji सङ्घववत्थानंsaṅ·gha·va·vat·thā·naṃ सङ्घनानाकरणन्’ति,saṅ·gha·nā·nā·ka·ra·ṇan आदातब्बंā·dā·tab·baṃ तं,taṃ उपालि,u·pā·li अत्तादानं।at·tā·dā·naṃ

     ‘imaṁ kho me attādānaṁ ādiyato na bhavissati saṅghassa tatonidānaṁ bhaṇḍanaṁ kalaho viggaho vivādo saṅghabhedo saṅgharāji saṅghavavatthānaṁ saṅghanānākaraṇan’ti, ādātabbaṁ taṁ, upāli, attādānaṁ.

     it won’t, he may raise it.

396. 396

     एवंe·vaṃ पञ्चङ्गसमन्नागतंpañ·caṅ·ga·sa·man·nā·ga·taṃ खो,kho उपालि,u·pā·li अत्तादानंat·tā·dā·naṃ आदिन्नं,ā·din·naṃ पच्छापिpac·chā·pi अविप्पटिसारकरंa·vip·pa·ṭi·sā·ra·ka·raṃ भविस्सती”ति।bha·vis·sa·tī

     Evaṁ pañcaṅgasamannāgataṁ kho, upāli, attādānaṁ ādinnaṁ, pacchāpi avippaṭisārakaraṁ bhavissatī”ti.

     In this way, when five factors are fulfilled, he won’t regret raising that issue.”

397. 397

     8। चोदकेनपच्चवेक्खितब्बधम्मco·da·ke·na·pac·ca·vek·khi·tab·ba·dham·ma

     8. Codakenapaccavekkhitabbadhamma

     8. The qualities to be reflected on by one who accuses another

398. 398

     “चोदकेन,co·da·ke·na भन्ते,bhan·te भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā परंpa·raṃ चोदेतुकामेनco·de·tu·kā·me·na कतिka·ti धम्मेdham·me अज्झत्तंaj·jhat·taṃ पच्चवेक्खित्वाpac·ca·vek·khit·vā परोpa·ro चोदेतब्बो”ति?co·de·tab·bo

     “Codakena, bhante, bhikkhunā paraṁ codetukāmena kati dhamme ajjhattaṁ paccavekkhitvā paro codetabbo”ti?

     “Sir, how many qualities should a monk see in himself before accusing another?”

399. 399

     “चोदकेन,co·da·ke·na उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā परंpa·raṃ चोदेतुकामेनco·de·tu·kā·me·na पञ्चpañ·ca धम्मेdham·me अज्झत्तंaj·jhat·taṃ पच्चवेक्खित्वाpac·ca·vek·khit·vā परोpa·ro चोदेतब्बो।co·de·tab·bo

     “Codakena, upāli, bhikkhunā paraṁ codetukāmena pañca dhamme ajjhattaṁ paccavekkhitvā paro codetabbo.

     “He should see five qualities in himself.

400. 400

     चोदकेन,co·da·ke·na उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā परंpa·raṃ चोदेतुकामेनco·de·tu·kā·me·na एवंe·vaṃ पच्चवेक्खितब्बं—pac·ca·vek·khi·tab·baṃ

     Codakena, upāli, bhikkhunā paraṁ codetukāmena evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ—

     He should reflect,

401. 401

     ‘परिसुद्धकायसमाचारोpa·ri·sud·dha·kā·ya·sa·mā·cā·ro नुnu खोम्हि,khom·hi परिसुद्धेनम्हिpa·ri·sud·dhe·nam·hi कायसमाचारेनkā·ya·sa·mā·cā·re·na समन्नागतो—अच्छिद्देनsa·man·nā·ga·to अप्पटिमंसेन?ap·pa·ṭi·maṃ·se·na संविज्जतिsaṃ·vij·ja·ti नुnu खोkho मेme एसोe·so धम्मोdham·mo उदाहुu·dā·hu नो’ति?no

     ‘parisuddhakāyasamācāro nu khomhi, parisuddhenamhi kāyasamācārena samannāgato—acchiddena appaṭimaṁsena? Saṁvijjati nu kho me eso dhammo udāhu no’ti?

     ‘Is my bodily conduct pure and flawless? Is this quality found in me or not?’

402. 402

     नोno चे,ce उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुbhik·khu परिसुद्धकायसमाचारोpa·ri·sud·dha·kā·ya·sa·mā·cā·ro होति,ho·ti परिसुद्धेनpa·ri·sud·dhe·na कायसमाचारेनkā·ya·sa·mā·cā·re·na समन्नागतो—अच्छिद्देनsa·man·nā·ga·to अप्पटिमंसेन,ap·pa·ṭi·maṃ·se·na तस्सtas·sa भवन्तिbha·van·ti वत्तारो—vat·tā·ro

     No ce, upāli, bhikkhu parisuddhakāyasamācāro hoti, parisuddhena kāyasamācārena samannāgato—acchiddena appaṭimaṁsena, tassa bhavanti vattāro—

     If it’s not, there will be those who say,

403. 403

     ‘इङ्घiṅ·gha तावtā·va आयस्माā·yas·mā कायिकंkā·yi·kaṃ सिक्खस्सू’ति।sik·khas·sū इतिस्सi·tis·sa भवन्तिbha·van·ti वत्तारो।vat·tā·ro

     ‘iṅgha tāva āyasmā kāyikaṁ sikkhassū’ti. Itissa bhavanti vattāro.

     ‘Please train your own bodily conduct first.’

404. 404

     पुनpu·na चपरं,ca·pa·raṃ उपालि,u·pā·li चोदकेनco·da·ke·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā परंpa·raṃ चोदेतुकामेनco·de·tu·kā·me·na एवंe·vaṃ पच्चवेक्खितब्बं—pac·ca·vek·khi·tab·baṃ

     Puna caparaṁ, upāli, codakena bhikkhunā paraṁ codetukāmena evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ—

     He should reflect,

405. 405

     ‘परिसुद्धवचीसमाचारोpa·ri·sud·dha·va·cī·sa·mā·cā·ro नुnu खोम्हि,khom·hi परिसुद्धेनम्हिpa·ri·sud·dhe·nam·hi वचीसमाचारेनva·cī·sa·mā·cā·re·na समन्नागतो—अच्छिद्देनsa·man·nā·ga·to अप्पटिमंसेन?ap·pa·ṭi·maṃ·se·na संविज्जतिsaṃ·vij·ja·ti नुnu खोkho मेme एसोe·so धम्मोdham·mo उदाहुu·dā·hu नो’ति?no

     ‘parisuddhavacīsamācāro nu khomhi, parisuddhenamhi vacīsamācārena samannāgato—acchiddena appaṭimaṁsena? Saṁvijjati nu kho me eso dhammo udāhu no’ti?

     ‘Is my verbal conduct pure and flawless? Is this quality found in me or not?’

406. 406

     नोno चे,ce उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुbhik·khu परिसुद्धवचीसमाचारोpa·ri·sud·dha·va·cī·sa·mā·cā·ro होति,ho·ti परिसुद्धेनpa·ri·sud·dhe·na वचीसमाचारेनva·cī·sa·mā·cā·re·na समन्नागतो—sa·man·nā·ga·to

     No ce, upāli, bhikkhu parisuddhavacīsamācāro hoti, parisuddhena vacīsamācārena samannāgato—

     If it’s not,

407. 407

     अच्छिद्देनac·chid·de·na अप्पटिमंसेन,ap·pa·ṭi·maṃ·se·na तस्सtas·sa भवन्तिbha·van·ti वत्तारो—vat·tā·ro

     acchiddena appaṭimaṁsena, tassa bhavanti vattāro—

     there will be those who say,

408. 408

     ‘इङ्घiṅ·gha तावtā·va आयस्माā·yas·mā वाचसिकंvā·ca·si·kaṃ सिक्खस्सू’ति।sik·khas·sū इतिस्सi·tis·sa भवन्तिbha·van·ti वत्तारो।vat·tā·ro

     ‘iṅgha tāva āyasmā vācasikaṁ sikkhassū’ti. Itissa bhavanti vattāro.

     ‘Please train your own verbal conduct first.’

409. 409

     पुनpu·na चपरं,ca·pa·raṃ उपालि,u·pā·li चोदकेनco·da·ke·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā परंpa·raṃ चोदेतुकामेनco·de·tu·kā·me·na एवंe·vaṃ पच्चवेक्खितब्बं—pac·ca·vek·khi·tab·baṃ

     Puna caparaṁ, upāli, codakena bhikkhunā paraṁ codetukāmena evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ—

     He should reflect,

410. 410

     ‘मेत्तंmet·taṃ नुnu खोkho मेme चित्तंcit·taṃ पच्चुपट्ठितंpac·cu·paṭ·ṭhi·taṃ सब्रह्मचारीसुsab·rah·ma·cā·rī·su अनाघातं,a·nā·ghā·taṃ संविज्जतिsaṃ·vij·ja·ti नुnu खोkho मेme एसोe·so धम्मोdham·mo उदाहुu·dā·hu नो’ति?no

     ‘mettaṁ nu kho me cittaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ sabrahmacārīsu anāghātaṁ, saṁvijjati nu kho me eso dhammo udāhu no’ti?

     ‘Do I have a mind of good will toward my fellow monastics, a mind free from anger? Is this quality found in me or not?’

411. 411

     नोno चे,ce उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no मेत्तचित्तंmet·ta·cit·taṃ पच्चुपट्ठितंpac·cu·paṭ·ṭhi·taṃ होतिho·ti सब्रह्मचारीसुsab·rah·ma·cā·rī·su अनाघातं,a·nā·ghā·taṃ तस्सtas·sa भवन्तिbha·van·ti वत्तारो—vat·tā·ro

     No ce, upāli, bhikkhuno mettacittaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu anāghātaṁ, tassa bhavanti vattāro—

     If it’s not, there will be those who say,

412. 412

     ‘इङ्घiṅ·gha तावtā·va आयस्माā·yas·mā सब्रह्मचारीसुsab·rah·ma·cā·rī·su मेत्तचित्तंmet·ta·cit·taṃ उपट्ठापेही’ति।u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·hī इतिस्सi·tis·sa भवन्तिbha·van·ti वत्तारो।vat·tā·ro

     ‘iṅgha tāva āyasmā sabrahmacārīsu mettacittaṁ upaṭṭhāpehī’ti. Itissa bhavanti vattāro.

     ‘Please set up a mind of good will toward your fellow monastics first.’

413. 413

     पुनpu·na चपरं,ca·pa·raṃ उपालि,u·pā·li चोदकेनco·da·ke·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā परंpa·raṃ चोदेतुकामेनco·de·tu·kā·me·na एवंe·vaṃ पच्चवेक्खितब्बं—pac·ca·vek·khi·tab·baṃ

     Puna caparaṁ, upāli, codakena bhikkhunā paraṁ codetukāmena evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ—

     He should reflect,

414. 414

     ‘बहुस्सुतोba·hus·su·to नुnu खोम्हि,khom·hi सुतधरो,su·ta·dha·ro सुतसन्निचयो?su·ta·san·ni·ca·yo येye तेte धम्माdham·mā आदिकल्याणाā·di·kal·yā·ṇā मज्झेकल्याणाmaj·jhe·kal·yā·ṇā परियोसानकल्याणाpa·ri·yo·sā·na·kal·yā·ṇā सात्थंsāt·thaṃ सब्यञ्जनंsab·yañ·ja·naṃ केवलपरिपुण्णंke·va·la·pa·ri·puṇ·ṇaṃ परिसुद्धंpa·ri·sud·dhaṃ ब्रह्मचरियंbrah·ma·ca·ri·yaṃ अभिवदन्ति,a·bhi·va·dan·ti तथारूपाta·thā·rū·pā मेme धम्माdham·mā बहुस्सुताba·hus·su·tā होन्तिhon·ti धाताdhā·tā वचसाva·ca·sā परिचिताpa·ri·ci·tā मनसानुपेक्खिताma·na·sā·nu·pek·khi·tā दिट्ठियाdiṭ·ṭhi·yā सुप्पटिविद्धा?sup·pa·ṭi·vid·dhā संविज्जतिsaṃ·vij·ja·ti नुnu खोkho मेme एसोe·so धम्मोdham·mo उदाहुu·dā·hu नो’ति?no

     ‘bahussuto nu khomhi, sutadharo, sutasannicayo? Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpā me dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā? Saṁvijjati nu kho me eso dhammo udāhu no’ti?

     ‘Have I learned much and do I retain and accumulate what I’ve learned? Those teachings that are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, that have a true goal and are well articulated, and that set out the perfectly complete and pure spiritual life—have I learned many such teachings, retained them in mind, recited them verbally, mentally investigated them, and penetrated them well by view? Is this quality found in me or not?’

415. 415

     नोno चे,ce उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुbhik·khu बहुस्सुतोba·hus·su·to होति,ho·ti सुतधरो,su·ta·dha·ro सुतसन्निचयो;su·ta·san·ni·ca·yo येye तेte धम्माdham·mā आदिकल्याणाā·di·kal·yā·ṇā मज्झेकल्याणाmaj·jhe·kal·yā·ṇā परियोसानकल्याणाpa·ri·yo·sā·na·kal·yā·ṇā सात्थंsāt·thaṃ सब्यञ्जनंsab·yañ·ja·naṃ केवलपरिपुण्णंke·va·la·pa·ri·puṇ·ṇaṃ परिसुद्धंpa·ri·sud·dhaṃ ब्रह्मचरियंbrah·ma·ca·ri·yaṃ अभिवदन्ति,a·bhi·va·dan·ti तथारूपस्सta·thā·rū·pas·sa धम्माdham·mā नna बहुस्सुताba·hus·su·tā होन्तिhon·ti धाताdhā·tā वचसाva·ca·sā परिचिताpa·ri·ci·tā मनसानुपेक्खिताma·na·sā·nu·pek·khi·tā दिट्ठियाdiṭ·ṭhi·yā सुप्पटिविद्धा,sup·pa·ṭi·vid·dhā तस्सtas·sa भवन्तिbha·van·ti वत्तारो—vat·tā·ro

     No ce, upāli, bhikkhu bahussuto hoti, sutadharo, sutasannicayo; ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti, tathārūpassa dhammā na bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā, tassa bhavanti vattāro—

     If it’s not, there will be those who say,

416. 416

     ‘इङ्घiṅ·gha तावtā·va आयस्माā·yas·mā आगमंā·ga·maṃ परियापुणस्सू’ति।pa·ri·yā·pu·ṇas·sū इतिस्सi·tis·sa भवन्तिbha·van·ti वत्तारो।vat·tā·ro

     ‘iṅgha tāva āyasmā āgamaṁ pariyāpuṇassū’ti. Itissa bhavanti vattāro.

     ‘Please learn the tradition first.’

417. 417

     पुनpu·na चपरं,ca·pa·raṃ उपालि,u·pā·li चोदकेनco·da·ke·na भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā परंpa·raṃ चोदेतुकामेनco·de·tu·kā·me·na एवंe·vaṃ पच्चवेक्खितब्बं—pac·ca·vek·khi·tab·baṃ

     Puna caparaṁ, upāli, codakena bhikkhunā paraṁ codetukāmena evaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ—

     He should reflect,

418. 418

     ‘उभयानिu·bha·yā·ni खोkho मेme पातिमोक्खानिpā·ti·mok·khā·ni वित्थारेनvit·thā·re·na स्वागतानिsvā·ga·tā·ni होन्ति,hon·ti सुविभत्तानि,su·vi·bhat·tā·ni सुप्पवत्तीनि,sup·pa·vat·tī·ni सुविनिच्छितानि,su·vi·nic·chi·tā·ni सुत्तसो,sut·ta·so अनुब्यञ्जनसो?a·nub·yañ·ja·na·so संविज्जतिsaṃ·vij·ja·ti नुnu खोkho मेme एसोe·so धम्मोdham·mo उदाहुu·dā·hu नो’ति?no

     ‘ubhayāni kho me pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti, suvibhattāni, suppavattīni, suvinicchitāni, suttaso, anubyañjanaso? Saṁvijjati nu kho me eso dhammo udāhu no’ti?

     ‘Have I properly learned both Monastic Codes in detail; have I analyzed them well, thoroughly mastered them, and investigated them well, both in terms of the rules and their detailed exposition? Is this quality found in me or not?’

419. 419

     नोno चे,ce उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no उभयानिu·bha·yā·ni पातिमोक्खानिpā·ti·mok·khā·ni वित्थारेनvit·thā·re·na स्वागतानिsvā·ga·tā·ni होन्ति,hon·ti सुविभत्तानि,su·vi·bhat·tā·ni सुप्पवत्तीनि,sup·pa·vat·tī·ni सुविनिच्छितानि,su·vi·nic·chi·tā·ni सुत्तसो,sut·ta·so अनुब्यञ्जनसो,a·nub·yañ·ja·na·so ‘इदंi·daṃ पनावुसो,pa·nā·vu·so कत्थkat·tha वुत्तंvut·taṃ भगवता’ति,bha·ga·va·tā इतिi·ti पुट्ठोpuṭ·ṭho नna सम्पायति,sam·pā·ya·ti तस्सtas·sa भवन्तिbha·van·ti वत्तारो—vat·tā·ro

     No ce, upāli, bhikkhuno ubhayāni pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti, suvibhattāni, suppavattīni, suvinicchitāni, suttaso, anubyañjanaso, ‘idaṁ panāvuso, kattha vuttaṁ bhagavatā’ti, iti puṭṭho na sampāyati, tassa bhavanti vattāro—

     If it’s not, then when he’s asked, ‘Where was this said by the Buddha?’ he won’t be able to reply. And there will be those who say,

420. 420

     ‘इङ्घiṅ·gha तावtā·va आयस्माā·yas·mā विनयंvi·na·yaṃ परियापुणस्सू’ति।pa·ri·yā·pu·ṇas·sū इतिस्सi·tis·sa भवन्तिbha·van·ti वत्तारो।vat·tā·ro

     ‘iṅgha tāva āyasmā vinayaṁ pariyāpuṇassū’ti. Itissa bhavanti vattāro.

     ‘Please learn the Monastic Law first.’

421. 421

     चोदकेनुपालि,co·da·ke·nu·pā·li भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā परंpa·raṃ चोदेतुकामेनco·de·tu·kā·me·na इमेi·me पञ्चpañ·ca धम्मेdham·me अज्झत्तंaj·jhat·taṃ पच्चवेक्खित्वाpac·ca·vek·khit·vā परोpa·ro चोदेतब्बो”ति।co·de·tab·bo

     Codakenupāli, bhikkhunā paraṁ codetukāmena ime pañca dhamme ajjhattaṁ paccavekkhitvā paro codetabbo”ti.

     A monk should see these five qualities in himself before accusing another.”

422. 422

     9। चोदकेनउपट्ठापेतब्बधम्मco·da·ke·na·u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·tab·ba·dham·ma

     9. Codakenaupaṭṭhāpetabbadhamma

     9. The qualities to be set up by one who accuses another

423. 423

     “चोदकेन,co·da·ke·na भन्ते,bhan·te भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā परंpa·raṃ चोदेतुकामेनco·de·tu·kā·me·na कतिka·ti धम्मेdham·me अज्झत्तंaj·jhat·taṃ उपट्ठापेत्वाu·paṭ·ṭhā·pet·vā परोpa·ro चोदेतब्बो”ति?co·de·tab·bo

     “Codakena, bhante, bhikkhunā paraṁ codetukāmena kati dhamme ajjhattaṁ upaṭṭhāpetvā paro codetabbo”ti?

     “Sir, how many qualities should a monk set up in himself before accusing another?”

424. 424

     “चोदकेनुपालि,co·da·ke·nu·pā·li भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā परंpa·raṃ चोदेतुकामेनco·de·tu·kā·me·na पञ्चpañ·ca धम्मेdham·me अज्झत्तंaj·jhat·taṃ उपट्ठापेत्वाu·paṭ·ṭhā·pet·vā परोpa·ro चोदेतब्बो—co·de·tab·bo

     “Codakenupāli, bhikkhunā paraṁ codetukāmena pañca dhamme ajjhattaṁ upaṭṭhāpetvā paro codetabbo—

     “He should set up five qualities in himself:

425. 425

     कालेनkā·le·na वक्खामि,vak·khā·mi नोno अकालेन;a·kā·le·na

     kālena vakkhāmi, no akālena;

     ‘I’ll speak at an appropriate time, not at an inappropriate one;

426. 426

     भूतेनbhū·te·na वक्खामि,vak·khā·mi नोno अभूतेन;a·bhū·te·na

     bhūtena vakkhāmi, no abhūtena;

     I’ll speak the truth, not falsehood;

427. 427

     सण्हेनsaṇ·he·na वक्खामि,vak·khā·mi नोno फरुसेन;pha·ru·se·na

     saṇhena vakkhāmi, no pharusena;

     I’ll speak gently, not harshly;

428. 428

     अत्थसंहितेनat·tha·saṃ·hi·te·na वक्खामि,vak·khā·mi नोno अनत्थसंहितेन;a·nat·tha·saṃ·hi·te·na

     atthasaṁhitena vakkhāmi, no anatthasaṁhitena;

     I’ll speak what’s beneficial, not what’s unbeneficial;

429. 429

     मेत्तचित्तोmet·ta·cit·to वक्खामि,vak·khā·mi नोno दोसन्तरोति।do·san·ta·ro·ti

     mettacitto vakkhāmi, no dosantaroti.

     I’ll speak with a mind of good will, not with ill will.’”

430. 430

     चोदकेनुपालि,co·da·ke·nu·pā·li भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā परंpa·raṃ चोदेतुकामेनco·de·tu·kā·me·na इमेi·me पञ्चpañ·ca धम्मेdham·me अज्झत्तंaj·jhat·taṃ उपट्ठापेत्वाu·paṭ·ṭhā·pet·vā परोpa·ro चोदेतब्बो”ति।co·de·tab·bo

     Codakenupāli, bhikkhunā paraṁ codetukāmena ime pañca dhamme ajjhattaṁ upaṭṭhāpetvā paro codetabbo”ti.

     (Pāli only)

431. 431

     10। चोदकचुदितकपटिसंयुत्तकथाco·da·ka·cu·di·ta·ka·pa·ṭi·saṃ·yut·ta·ka·thā

     10. Codakacuditakapaṭisaṁyuttakathā

     10. Discussion on the one who accuses and the one who is accused

432. 432

     “अधम्मचोदकस्स,a·dham·ma·co·da·kas·sa भन्ते,bhan·te भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no कतिहाकारेहिka·ti·hā·kā·re·hi विप्पटिसारोvip·pa·ṭi·sā·ro उपदहातब्बो”ति?u·pa·da·hā·tab·bo

     “Adhammacodakassa, bhante, bhikkhuno katihākārehi vippaṭisāro upadahātabbo”ti?

     “Sir, if a monk accuses another illegitimately, in how many ways should regret be aroused in him?”

433. 433

     “अधम्मचोदकस्स,a·dham·ma·co·da·kas·sa उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पञ्चहाकारेहिpañ·ca·hā·kā·re·hi विप्पटिसारोvip·pa·ṭi·sā·ro उपदहातब्बो—u·pa·da·hā·tab·bo

     “Adhammacodakassa, upāli, bhikkhuno pañcahākārehi vippaṭisāro upadahātabbo—

     “Regret should be aroused in him in five ways:

434. 434

     अकालेनायस्माa·kā·le·nā·yas·mā चोदेसि,co·de·si नोno कालेन,kā·le·na अलंa·laṃ तेte विप्पटिसाराय;vip·pa·ṭi·sā·rā·ya

     akālenāyasmā codesi, no kālena, alaṁ te vippaṭisārāya;

     ‘Venerable, you’re accusing at the wrong time, not at the right time, and so it’s appropriate for you to have regret.

435. 435

     अभूतेनायस्माa·bhū·te·nā·yas·mā चोदेसि,co·de·si नोno भूतेन,bhū·te·na अलंa·laṃ तेte विप्पटिसाराय;vip·pa·ṭi·sā·rā·ya

     abhūtenāyasmā codesi, no bhūtena, alaṁ te vippaṭisārāya;

     You’re accusing falsely, not truthfully, and so it’s appropriate for you to have regret.

436. 436

     फरुसेनायस्माpha·ru·se·nā·yas·mā चोदेसि,co·de·si नोno सण्हेन,saṇ·he·na अलंa·laṃ तेte विप्पटिसाराय;vip·pa·ṭi·sā·rā·ya

     pharusenāyasmā codesi, no saṇhena, alaṁ te vippaṭisārāya;

     You’re accusing harshly, not gently, and so it’s appropriate for you to have regret.

437. 437

     अनत्थसंहितेनायस्माa·nat·tha·saṃ·hi·te·nā·yas·mā चोदेसि,co·de·si नोno अत्थसंहितेन,at·tha·saṃ·hi·te·na अलंa·laṃ तेte विप्पटिसाराय;vip·pa·ṭi·sā·rā·ya

     anatthasaṁhitenāyasmā codesi, no atthasaṁhitena, alaṁ te vippaṭisārāya;

     You’re accusing unbeneficially, not beneficially, and so it’s appropriate for you to have regret.

438. 438

     दोसन्तरोdo·san·ta·ro आयस्माā·yas·mā चोदेसि,co·de·si नोno मेत्तचित्तो,met·ta·cit·to अलंa·laṃ तेte विप्पटिसारायाति।vip·pa·ṭi·sā·rā·yā·ti

     dosantaro āyasmā codesi, no mettacitto, alaṁ te vippaṭisārāyāti.

     You’re accusing with a mind of ill will, not with a mind of good will, and so it’s appropriate for you to have regret.’

439. 439

     अधम्मचोदकस्स,a·dham·ma·co·da·kas·sa उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no इमेहिi·me·hi पञ्चहाकारेहिpañ·ca·hā·kā·re·hi विप्पटिसारोvip·pa·ṭi·sā·ro उपदहातब्बो।u·pa·da·hā·tab·bo

     Adhammacodakassa, upāli, bhikkhuno imehi pañcahākārehi vippaṭisāro upadahātabbo.

     These are the five ways regret should be aroused in a monk who accuses another illegitimately.

440. 440

     तंtaṃ किस्सkis·sa हेतु?he·tu

     Taṁ kissa hetu?

     For what reason?

441. 441

     यथाya·thā नna अञ्ञोपिañ·ño·pi भिक्खुbhik·khu अभूतेनa·bhū·te·na चोदेतब्बंco·de·tab·baṃ मञ्ञेय्या”ति।mañ·ñey·yā

     Yathā na aññopi bhikkhu abhūtena codetabbaṁ maññeyyā”ti.

     So that other monks won’t think of making false accusations.”

442. 442

     “अधम्मचुदितस्सa·dham·ma·cu·di·tas·sa पन,pa·na भन्ते,bhan·te भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no कतिहाकारेहिka·ti·hā·kā·re·hi अविप्पटिसारोa·vip·pa·ṭi·sā·ro उपदहातब्बो”ति?u·pa·da·hā·tab·bo

     “Adhammacuditassa pana, bhante, bhikkhuno katihākārehi avippaṭisāro upadahātabbo”ti?

     “And if a monk has been accused illegitimately, in how many ways should non-regret be aroused in him?”

443. 443

     “अधम्मचुदितस्स,a·dham·ma·cu·di·tas·sa उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पञ्चहाकारेहिpañ·ca·hā·kā·re·hi अविप्पटिसारोa·vip·pa·ṭi·sā·ro उपदहातब्बो—u·pa·da·hā·tab·bo

     “Adhammacuditassa, upāli, bhikkhuno pañcahākārehi avippaṭisāro upadahātabbo—

     “Non-regret should be aroused in him in five ways:

444. 444

     अकालेनायस्माa·kā·le·nā·yas·mā चुदितो,cu·di·to नोno कालेन,kā·le·na अलंa·laṃ तेte अविप्पटिसाराय;a·vip·pa·ṭi·sā·rā·ya

     akālenāyasmā cudito, no kālena, alaṁ te avippaṭisārāya;

     ‘Venerable, you’ve been accused at the wrong time, not at the right time, and so there’s no need for you to have regret.

445. 445

     अभूतेनायस्माa·bhū·te·nā·yas·mā चुदितो,cu·di·to नोno भूतेन,bhū·te·na अलंa·laṃ तेte अविप्पटिसाराय;a·vip·pa·ṭi·sā·rā·ya

     abhūtenāyasmā cudito, no bhūtena, alaṁ te avippaṭisārāya;

     You’ve been accused falsely, not truthfully, and so there’s no need for you to have regret.

446. 446

     फरुसेनायस्माpha·ru·se·nā·yas·mā चुदितो,cu·di·to नोno सण्हेन,saṇ·he·na अलंa·laṃ तेte अविप्पटिसाराय;a·vip·pa·ṭi·sā·rā·ya

     pharusenāyasmā cudito, no saṇhena, alaṁ te avippaṭisārāya;

     You’ve been accused harshly, not gently, and so there’s no need for you to have regret.

447. 447

     अनत्थसंहितेनायस्माa·nat·tha·saṃ·hi·te·nā·yas·mā चुदितो,cu·di·to नोno अत्थसंहितेन,at·tha·saṃ·hi·te·na अलंa·laṃ तेte अविप्पटिसाराय;a·vip·pa·ṭi·sā·rā·ya

     anatthasaṁhitenāyasmā cudito, no atthasaṁhitena, alaṁ te avippaṭisārāya;

     You’ve been accused unbeneficially, not beneficially, and so there’s no need for you to have regret.

448. 448

     दोसन्तरेनायस्माdo·san·ta·re·nā·yas·mā चुदितो,cu·di·to नोno मेत्तचित्तेन,met·ta·cit·te·na अलंa·laṃ तेte अविप्पटिसारायाति।a·vip·pa·ṭi·sā·rā·yā·ti

     dosantarenāyasmā cudito, no mettacittena, alaṁ te avippaṭisārāyāti.

     You’ve been accused with a mind of ill will, not with a mind of good will, and so there’s no need for you to have regret.’”

449. 449

     अधम्मचुदितस्स,a·dham·ma·cu·di·tas·sa उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no इमेहिi·me·hi पञ्चहाकारेहिpañ·ca·hā·kā·re·hi अविप्पटिसारोa·vip·pa·ṭi·sā·ro उपदहातब्बो”ति।u·pa·da·hā·tab·bo

     Adhammacuditassa, upāli, bhikkhuno imehi pañcahākārehi avippaṭisāro upadahātabbo”ti.

     (Pāli only)

450. 450

     “धम्मचोदकस्स,dham·ma·co·da·kas·sa भन्ते,bhan·te भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no कतिहाकारेहिka·ti·hā·kā·re·hi अविप्पटिसारोa·vip·pa·ṭi·sā·ro उपदहातब्बो”ति?u·pa·da·hā·tab·bo

     “Dhammacodakassa, bhante, bhikkhuno katihākārehi avippaṭisāro upadahātabbo”ti?

     “And if a monk accuses another legitimately, in how many ways should non-regret be aroused in him?”

451. 451

     “धम्मचोदकस्स,dham·ma·co·da·kas·sa उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पञ्चहाकारेहिpañ·ca·hā·kā·re·hi अविप्पटिसारोa·vip·pa·ṭi·sā·ro उपदहातब्बो—u·pa·da·hā·tab·bo

     “Dhammacodakassa, upāli, bhikkhuno pañcahākārehi avippaṭisāro upadahātabbo—

     “Non-regret should be aroused in him in five ways:

452. 452

     कालेनायस्माkā·le·nā·yas·mā चोदेसि,co·de·si नोno अकालेन,a·kā·le·na अलंa·laṃ तेte अविप्पटिसाराय;a·vip·pa·ṭi·sā·rā·ya

     kālenāyasmā codesi, no akālena, alaṁ te avippaṭisārāya;

     ‘Venerable, you’re accusing at the right time, not at the wrong time, and so there’s no need for you to have regret.

453. 453

     भूतेनायस्माbhū·te·nā·yas·mā चोदेसि,co·de·si नोno अभूतेन,a·bhū·te·na अलंa·laṃ तेte अविप्पटिसाराय;a·vip·pa·ṭi·sā·rā·ya

     bhūtenāyasmā codesi, no abhūtena, alaṁ te avippaṭisārāya;

     You’re accusing truthfully, not falsely, and so there’s no need for you to have regret.

454. 454

     सण्हेनायस्माsaṇ·he·nā·yas·mā चोदेसि,co·de·si नोno फरुसेन,pha·ru·se·na अलंa·laṃ तेte अविप्पटिसाराय;a·vip·pa·ṭi·sā·rā·ya

     saṇhenāyasmā codesi, no pharusena, alaṁ te avippaṭisārāya;

     You’re accusing gently, not harshly, and so there’s no need for you to have regret.

455. 455

     अत्थसंहितेनायस्माat·tha·saṃ·hi·te·nā·yas·mā चोदेसि,co·de·si नोno अनत्थसंहितेन,a·nat·tha·saṃ·hi·te·na अलंa·laṃ तेte अविप्पटिसाराय;a·vip·pa·ṭi·sā·rā·ya

     atthasaṁhitenāyasmā codesi, no anatthasaṁhitena, alaṁ te avippaṭisārāya;

     You’re accusing beneficially, not unbeneficially, and so there’s no need for you to have regret.

456. 456

     मेत्तचित्तोmet·ta·cit·to आयस्माā·yas·mā चोदेसि,co·de·si नोno दोसन्तरो,do·san·ta·ro अलंa·laṃ तेte अविप्पटिसारायाति।a·vip·pa·ṭi·sā·rā·yā·ti

     mettacitto āyasmā codesi, no dosantaro, alaṁ te avippaṭisārāyāti.

     You’re accusing with a mind of good will, not with a mind of ill will, and so there’s no need for you to have regret.’

457. 457

     धम्मचोदकस्स,dham·ma·co·da·kas·sa उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no इमेहिi·me·hi पञ्चहाकारेहिpañ·ca·hā·kā·re·hi अविप्पटिसारोa·vip·pa·ṭi·sā·ro उपदहातब्बो।u·pa·da·hā·tab·bo

     Dhammacodakassa, upāli, bhikkhuno imehi pañcahākārehi avippaṭisāro upadahātabbo.

     These are the five ways non-regret should be aroused in a monk who accuses another legitimately.

458. 458

     तंtaṃ किस्सkis·sa हेतु?he·tu

     Taṁ kissa hetu?

     For what reason?

459. 459

     यथाya·thā अञ्ञोपिañ·ño·pi भिक्खुbhik·khu भूतेनbhū·te·na चोदेतब्बंco·de·tab·baṃ मञ्ञेय्या”ति।mañ·ñey·yā

     Yathā aññopi bhikkhu bhūtena codetabbaṁ maññeyyā”ti.

     So that other monks will think of making truthful accusations.”

460. 460

     “धम्मचुदितस्सdham·ma·cu·di·tas·sa पन,pa·na भन्ते,bhan·te भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no कतिहाकारेहिka·ti·hā·kā·re·hi विप्पटिसारोvip·pa·ṭi·sā·ro उपदहातब्बो”ति?u·pa·da·hā·tab·bo

     “Dhammacuditassa pana, bhante, bhikkhuno katihākārehi vippaṭisāro upadahātabbo”ti?

     “And if a monk has been accused legitimately, in how many ways should regret be aroused in him?”

461. 461

     “धम्मचुदितस्स,dham·ma·cu·di·tas·sa उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पञ्चहाकारेहिpañ·ca·hā·kā·re·hi विप्पटिसारोvip·pa·ṭi·sā·ro उपदहातब्बो—u·pa·da·hā·tab·bo

     “Dhammacuditassa, upāli, bhikkhuno pañcahākārehi vippaṭisāro upadahātabbo—

     “Regret should be aroused in him in five ways:

462. 462

     कालेनायस्माkā·le·nā·yas·mā चुदितो,cu·di·to नोno अकालेन,a·kā·le·na अलंa·laṃ तेte विप्पटिसाराय;vip·pa·ṭi·sā·rā·ya

     kālenāyasmā cudito, no akālena, alaṁ te vippaṭisārāya;

     ‘Venerable, you’ve been accused at the right time, not at the wrong time, and so it’s appropriate for you to have regret.

463. 463

     भूतेनायस्माbhū·te·nā·yas·mā चुदितो,cu·di·to नोno अभूतेन,a·bhū·te·na अलंa·laṃ तेte विप्पटिसाराय;vip·pa·ṭi·sā·rā·ya

     bhūtenāyasmā cudito, no abhūtena, alaṁ te vippaṭisārāya;

     You’ve been accused truthfully, not falsely, and so it’s appropriate for you to have regret.

464. 464

     सण्हेनायस्माsaṇ·he·nā·yas·mā चुदितो,cu·di·to नोno फरुसेन,pha·ru·se·na अलंa·laṃ तेte विप्पटिसाराय;vip·pa·ṭi·sā·rā·ya

     saṇhenāyasmā cudito, no pharusena, alaṁ te vippaṭisārāya;

     You’ve been accused gently, not harshly, and so it’s appropriate for you to have regret.

465. 465

     अत्थसंहितेनायस्माat·tha·saṃ·hi·te·nā·yas·mā चुदितो,cu·di·to नोno अनत्थसंहितेन,a·nat·tha·saṃ·hi·te·na अलंa·laṃ तेte विप्पटिसाराय;vip·pa·ṭi·sā·rā·ya

     atthasaṁhitenāyasmā cudito, no anatthasaṁhitena, alaṁ te vippaṭisārāya;

     You’ve been accused beneficially, not unbeneficially, and so it’s appropriate for you to have regret.

466. 466

     मेत्तचित्तेनायस्माmet·ta·cit·te·nā·yas·mā चुदितो,cu·di·to नोno दोसन्तरेन,do·san·ta·re·na अलंa·laṃ तेte विप्पटिसारायाति।vip·pa·ṭi·sā·rā·yā·ti

     mettacittenāyasmā cudito, no dosantarena, alaṁ te vippaṭisārāyāti.

     You’ve been accused with a mind of good will, not with a mind of ill will, and so it’s appropriate for you to have regret.’”

467. 467

     धम्मचुदितस्स,dham·ma·cu·di·tas·sa उपालि,u·pā·li भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no इमेहिi·me·hi पञ्चहाकारेहिpañ·ca·hā·kā·re·hi विप्पटिसारोvip·pa·ṭi·sā·ro उपदहातब्बो”ति।u·pa·da·hā·tab·bo

     Dhammacuditassa, upāli, bhikkhuno imehi pañcahākārehi vippaṭisāro upadahātabbo”ti.

     (Pāli only)

468. 468

     “चोदकेन,co·da·ke·na भन्ते,bhan·te भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā परंpa·raṃ चोदेतुकामेनco·de·tu·kā·me·na कतिka·ti धम्मेdham·me अज्झत्तंaj·jhat·taṃ मनसिma·na·si करित्वाka·rit·vā परोpa·ro चोदेतब्बो”ति?co·de·tab·bo

     “Codakena, bhante, bhikkhunā paraṁ codetukāmena kati dhamme ajjhattaṁ manasi karitvā paro codetabbo”ti?

     “And, sir, how many qualities should a monk attend to in himself before accusing another?”

469. 469

     “चोदकेनुपालि,co·da·ke·nu·pā·li भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā परंpa·raṃ चोदेतुकामेनco·de·tu·kā·me·na पञ्चpañ·ca धम्मेdham·me अज्झत्तंaj·jhat·taṃ मनसिma·na·si करित्वाka·rit·vā परोpa·ro चोदेतब्बो—co·de·tab·bo

     “Codakenupāli, bhikkhunā paraṁ codetukāmena pañca dhamme ajjhattaṁ manasi karitvā paro codetabbo—

     “He should attend to five qualities in himself:

470. 470

     कारुञ्ञता,kā·ruñ·ña·tā हितेसिता,hi·te·si·tā अनुकम्पिता,a·nu·kam·pi·tā आपत्तिवुट्ठानता,ā·pat·ti·vuṭ·ṭhā·na·tā विनयपुरेक्खारताति।vi·na·ya·pu·rek·khā·ra·tā·ti

     kāruññatā, hitesitā, anukampitā, āpattivuṭṭhānatā, vinayapurekkhāratāti.

     compassion, being of benefit, sympathy, the idea of clearing offenses, and the idea of prioritizing the training.”

471. 471

     चोदकेनुपालि,co·da·ke·nu·pā·li भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā परंpa·raṃ चोदेतुकामेनco·de·tu·kā·me·na इमेi·me पञ्चpañ·ca धम्मेdham·me अज्झत्तंaj·jhat·taṃ मनसिma·na·si करित्वाka·rit·vā परोpa·ro चोदेतब्बो”ति।co·de·tab·bo

     Codakenupāli, bhikkhunā paraṁ codetukāmena ime pañca dhamme ajjhattaṁ manasi karitvā paro codetabbo”ti.

     (Pāli only)

472. 472

     “चुदितेनcu·di·te·na पन,pa·na भन्ते,bhan·te भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā कतिसुka·ti·su धम्मेसुdham·me·su पतिट्ठातब्बन्”ति?pa·tiṭ·ṭhā·tab·ban

     “Cuditena pana, bhante, bhikkhunā katisu dhammesu patiṭṭhātabban”ti?

     “And how many qualities should a monk who is accused set up?”

473. 473

     “चुदितेनुपालि,cu·di·te·nu·pā·li भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā द्वीसुdvī·su धम्मेसुdham·me·su पतिट्ठातब्बं—pa·tiṭ·ṭhā·tab·baṃ

     “Cuditenupāli, bhikkhunā dvīsu dhammesu patiṭṭhātabbaṁ—

     “A monk who is accused should set up two qualities:

474. 474

     सच्चेsac·ce चca अकुप्पेa·kup·pe चा”ति।cā

     sacce ca akuppe cā”ti.

     truth and composure.”

475. 475

     दुतियभाणवारोdu·ti·ya·bhā·ṇa·vā·ro निट्ठितो।niṭ·ṭhi·to

     Dutiyabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito.

     The second section for recitation is finished.

476. 476

     पातिमोक्खट्ठपनक्खन्धकोpā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nak·khan·dha·ko नवमो।na·va·mo

     Pātimokkhaṭṭhapanakkhandhako navamo.

     The ninth chapter on the cancellation of the Monastic Code is finished.

477. 477

     इमम्हिi·mam·hi खन्धकेkhan·dha·ke वत्थूvat·thū तिंस।tiṃ·sa

     Imamhi khandhake vatthū tiṁsa.

     In this chapter there are thirty topics.

478. 478

     तस्सुद्दानंtas·sud·dā·naṃ

     Tassuddānaṁ

     This is the summary:

479. 479

     उपोसथेu·po·sa·the यावतिकं,yā·va·ti·kaṃ

     Uposathe yāvatikaṁ,

     “On the observance day, as far as,

480. 480

     पापभिक्खुpā·pa·bhik·khu नna निक्खमि;nik·kha·mi

     pāpabhikkhu na nikkhami;

     The bad monk did not leave;

481. 481

     मोग्गल्लानेनmog·gal·lā·ne·na निच्छुद्धो,nic·chud·dho

     Moggallānena nicchuddho,

     Thrown out by Moggallāna,

482. 482

     अच्छेराac·che·rā जिनसासने।ji·na·sā·sa·ne

     accherā jinasāsane.

     Amazing, in the instruction of the Victor.

483. 483

     निन्नोनुपुब्बसिक्खाnin·no·nu·pub·ba·sik·khā च,ca

     Ninnonupubbasikkhā ca,

     Slopes, and gradual training,

484. 484

     ठितधम्मोṭhi·ta·dham·mo नातिक्कम्म;nā·tik·kam·ma

     ṭhitadhammo nātikkamma;

     Steady, without transgressing;

485. 485

     कुणपुक्खिपतिku·ṇa·puk·khi·pa·ti सङ्घो,saṅ·gho

     Kuṇapukkhipati saṅgho,

     Corpse, the Sangha ejects,

486. 486

     सवन्तियोsa·van·ti·yo जहन्तिja·han·ti च।ca

     savantiyo jahanti ca.

     Rivers, and they lose.

487. 487

     सवन्तिsa·van·ti परिनिब्बन्ति,pa·ri·nib·ban·ti

     Savanti parinibbanti,

     They flow, they are extinguished,

488. 488

     एकरसe·ka·ra·sa विमुत्तिvi·mut·ti च;ca

     ekarasa vimutti ca;

     One taste, and freedom;

489. 489

     बहुba·hu धम्मविनयोपि,dham·ma·vi·na·yo·pi

     Bahu dhammavinayopi,

     Many, and the spiritual path,

490. 490

     भूतट्ठारियपुग्गला।bhū·taṭ·ṭhā·ri·ya·pug·ga·lā

     bhūtaṭṭhāriyapuggalā.

     Being, the eight noble persons.

491. 491

     समुद्दंsa·mud·daṃ उपमंu·pa·maṃ कत्वा,kat·vā

     Samuddaṁ upamaṁ katvā,

     Having made the ocean simile,

492. 492

     वाचेसिvā·ce·si सासनेsā·sa·ne गुणं;gu·ṇaṃ

     vācesi sāsane guṇaṁ;

     He taught the qualities of Buddhism;

493. 493

     उपोसथेu·po·sa·the पातिमोक्खं,pā·ti·mok·khaṃ

     Uposathe pātimokkhaṁ,

     On the observance day, the Monastic Code,

494. 494

     नna अम्हेam·he कोचिko·ci जानाति।jā·nā·ti

     na amhe koci jānāti.

     No one knows about us.

495. 495

     पटिकच्चेवpa·ṭi·kac·ce·va उज्झन्ति,uj·jhan·ti

     Paṭikacceva ujjhanti,

     Preempt, they complained,

496. 496

     एकोe·ko द्वेdve तीणिtī·ṇi चत्तारि;cat·tā·ri

     eko dve tīṇi cattāri;

     One, two, three, four;

497. 497

     पञ्चpañ·ca छcha सत्तsat·ta अट्ठानि,aṭ·ṭhā·ni

     Pañca cha satta aṭṭhāni,

     Five, six, seven, eight,

498. 498

     नवाna·vā चca दसमानिda·sa·mā·ni च।ca

     navā ca dasamāni ca.

     And nine, and tenth.

499. 499

     सीलआचारदिट्ठिsī·la·ā·cā·ra·diṭ·ṭhi च,ca

     Sīlaācāradiṭṭhi ca,

     Morality, conduct, and view,

500. 500

     आजीवंā·jī·vaṃ चतुभागिके;ca·tu·bhā·gi·ke

     ājīvaṁ catubhāgike;

     Livelihood, in four parts;

501. 501

     पाराजिकञ्चpā·rā·ji·kañ·ca सङ्घादि,saṅ·ghā·di

     Pārājikañca saṅghādi,

     And offense entailing expulsion, offense entailing suspension,

502. 502

     पाचित्तिpā·cit·ti पाटिदेसनि।pā·ṭi·de·sa·ni

     pācitti pāṭidesani.

     Offense entailing confession, <j>offense entailing acknowledgment.

503. 503

     दुक्कटंduk·ka·ṭaṃ पञ्चभागेसु,pañ·ca·bhā·ge·su

     Dukkaṭaṁ pañcabhāgesu,

     Offense of wrong conduct, in five parts,

504. 504

     सीलाचारविपत्तिsī·lā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti च;ca

     sīlācāravipatti ca;

     And failure in morality and conduct;

505. 505

     अकतायa·ka·tā·ya कतायka·tā·ya च,ca

     Akatāya katāya ca,

     Has not failed, and has failed,

506. 506

     छभागेसुcha·bhā·ge·su यथाविधि।ya·thā·vi·dhi

     chabhāgesu yathāvidhi.

     In six parts according to the same method.

507. 507

     पाराजिकञ्चpā·rā·ji·kañ·ca सङ्घादि,saṅ·ghā·di

     Pārājikañca saṅghādi,

     And offense entailing expulsion, offense entailing suspension,

508. 508

     थुल्लंthul·laṃ पाचित्तियेनpā·cit·ti·ye·na च;ca

     thullaṁ pācittiyena ca;

     Serious offense, and with offense entailing confession;

509. 509

     पाटिदेसनियञ्चेव,pā·ṭi·de·sa·ni·yañ·ce·va

     Pāṭidesaniyañceva,

     And indeed offense entailing acknowledgment,

510. 510

     दुक्कटञ्चduk·ka·ṭañ·ca दुब्भासितं।dub·bhā·si·taṃ

     dukkaṭañca dubbhāsitaṁ.

     Offense of wrong conduct, offense of wrong speech.

511. 511

     सीलाचारविपत्तिsī·lā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti च,ca

     Sīlācāravipatti ca,

     And failure in morality and conduct;

512. 512

     दिट्ठिआजीवविपत्ति;diṭ·ṭhi·ā·jī·va·vi·pat·ti

     Diṭṭhiājīvavipatti;

     Failure in view and livelihood;

513. 513

     याyā चca अट्ठाaṭ·ṭhā कताकते,ka·tā·ka·te

     Yā ca aṭṭhā katākate,

     And the eight with failed and not failed,

514. 514

     तेनेताte·ne·tā सीलाचारदिट्ठिया।sī·lā·cā·ra·diṭ·ṭhi·yā

     Tenetā sīlācāradiṭṭhiyā.

     These with the morality, conduct, and view.

515. 515

     अकतायa·ka·tā·ya कतायापि,ka·tā·yā·pi

     Akatāya katāyāpi,

     With not failed, also with failed,

516. 516

     कताकतायमेवka·tā·ka·tā·ya·me·va च;ca

     katākatāyameva ca;

     And with both failed and not failed;

517. 517

     एवंe·vaṃ नवविधाna·va·vi·dhā वुत्ता,vut·tā

     Evaṁ navavidhā vuttā,

     Thus a ninefold is spoken of,

518. 518

     यथाभूतेनya·thā·bhū·te·na ञायतो।ñā·ya·to

     yathābhūtena ñāyato.

     According to the real method.

519. 519

     पाराजिकोpā·rā·ji·ko विप्पकता,vip·pa·ka·tā

     Pārājiko vippakatā,

     Offense entailing expulsion, unfinished,

520. 520

     पच्चक्खातोpac·cak·khā·to तथेवta·the·va च;ca

     paccakkhāto tatheva ca;

     And just so renounced;

521. 521

     उपेतिu·pe·ti पच्चादियति,pac·cā·di·ya·ti

     Upeti paccādiyati,

     He goes to, he reopens,

522. 522

     पच्चादानकथाpac·cā·dā·na·ka·thā चca या।yā

     paccādānakathā ca yā.

     And discussion on reopening.

523. 523

     सीलाचारविपत्तिsī·lā·cā·ra·vi·pat·ti च,ca

     Sīlācāravipatti ca,

     And failure in morality and conduct,

524. 524

     तथाta·thā दिट्ठिविपत्तिया;diṭ·ṭhi·vi·pat·ti·yā

     tathā diṭṭhivipattiyā;

     So with failure in view;

525. 525

     दिट्ठसुतपरिसङ्कितं,diṭ·ṭha·su·ta·pa·ri·saṅ·ki·taṃ

     Diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkitaṁ,

     Seen, heard, suspected,

526. 526

     दसधाda·sa·dhā तंtaṃ विजानाथ।vi·jā·nā·tha

     dasadhā taṁ vijānātha.

     You should know it as tenfold.

527. 527

     भिक्खुbhik·khu विपस्सतिvi·pas·sa·ti भिक्खुं,bhik·khuṃ

     Bhikkhu vipassati bhikkhuṁ,

     A monk sees a monk,

528. 528

     अञ्ञोañ·ño चारोचयातिcā·ro·ca·yā·ti तं;taṃ

     añño cārocayāti taṁ;

     And another informs him;

529. 529

     सोयेवso·ye·va तस्सtas·sa अक्खाति,ak·khā·ti

     Soyeva tassa akkhāti,

     He just tells him,

530. 530

     पातिमोक्खंpā·ti·mok·khaṃ ठपेतिṭha·pe·ti सो।so

     pātimokkhaṁ ṭhapeti so.

     He cancels the Monastic Code.

531. 531

     वुट्ठातिvuṭ·ṭhā·ti अन्तरायेन,an·ta·rā·ye·na

     Vuṭṭhāti antarāyena,

     It breaks up because of a threat,

532. 532

     राजचोरग्गुदकाrā·ja·co·rag·gu·da·kā च;ca

     Rājacoraggudakā ca;

     Kings, criminals, fire, and flooding;

533. 533

     मनुस्सअमनुस्साma·nus·sa·a·ma·nus·sā च,ca

     Manussaamanussā ca,

     People, and spirits,

534. 534

     वाळसरीसपाvā·ḷa·sa·rī·sa·pā जीविब्रह्मं।jī·vib·rah·maṃ

     Vāḷasarīsapā jīvibrahmaṁ.

     Predatory animals, snakes, life, monastic life.

535. 535

     दसन्नमञ्ञतरेन,da·san·na·mañ·ña·ta·re·na

     Dasannamaññatarena,

     By a certain one of the ten,

536. 536

     तस्मिंtas·miṃ अञ्ञतरेसुañ·ña·ta·re·su वा;vā

     tasmiṁ aññataresu vā;

     Or some in that;

537. 537

     धम्मिकाधम्मिकाdham·mi·kā·dham·mi·kā चेव,ce·va

     Dhammikādhammikā ceva,

     And just legitimate, illegitimate,

538. 538

     यथाya·thā मग्गेनmag·ge·na जानाथ।jā·nā·tha

     yathā maggena jānātha.

     You should know it according to the same procedure.

539. 539

     कालभूतत्थसंहितं,kā·la·bhū·tat·tha·saṃ·hi·taṃ

     Kālabhūtatthasaṁhitaṁ,

     Right time, real, beneficial,

540. 540

     लभिस्सामिla·bhis·sā·mi भविस्सति;bha·vis·sa·ti

     labhissāmi bhavissati;

     I will gain, there will be;

541. 541

     कायवाचसिकाkā·ya·vā·ca·si·kā मेत्ता,met·tā

     Kāyavācasikā mettā,

     Bodily and verbal, good will,

542. 542

     बाहुसच्चंbā·hu·sac·caṃ उभयानि।u·bha·yā·ni

     bāhusaccaṁ ubhayāni.

     Learned, both.

543. 543

     कालभूतेनkā·la·bhū·te·na सण्हेन,saṇ·he·na

     Kālabhūtena saṇhena,

     Appropriate time, with truth, with gentleness,

544. 544

     अत्थमेत्तेनat·tha·met·te·na चोदये;co·da·ye

     atthamettena codaye;

     The eighth training rule is finished.

545. 545

     विप्पटिसारधम्मेन,vip·pa·ṭi·sā·ra·dham·me·na

     Vippaṭisāradhammena,

     Regret, legitimately,

546. 546

     तथाta·thā वाचाvā·cā विनोदये।vi·no·da·ye

     tathā vācā vinodaye.

     Thus speech should be abolished.

547. 547

     धम्मचोदचुदितस्स,dham·ma·co·da·cu·di·tas·sa

     Dhammacodacuditassa,

     For the legitimate accuser and the accused,

548. 548

     विनोदेतिvi·no·de·ti विप्पटिसारो;vip·pa·ṭi·sā·ro

     vinodeti vippaṭisāro;

     Regret should be abolished;

549. 549

     करुणाka·ru·ṇā हितानुकम्पि,hi·tā·nu·kam·pi

     Karuṇā hitānukampi,

     Compassion, benefit, sympathy,

550. 550

     वुट्ठानपुरेक्खारतो।vuṭ·ṭhā·na·pu·rek·khā·ra·to

     vuṭṭhānapurekkhārato.

     Clearing, prioritizing.

551. 551

     चोदकस्सco·da·kas·sa पटिपत्ति,pa·ṭi·pat·ti

     Codakassa paṭipatti,

     The practice of the accuser,

552. 552

     सम्बुद्धेनsam·bud·dhe·na पकासिता;pa·kā·si·tā

     sambuddhena pakāsitā;

     Was explained by the fully Awakened One;

553. 553

     सच्चेsac·ce चेवce·va अकुप्पेa·kup·pe च,ca

     Sacce ceva akuppe ca,

     Just truth and composure,

554. 554

     चुदितस्सेवcu·di·tas·se·va धम्मताति।dham·ma·tā·ti

     cuditasseva dhammatāti.

     Are proper for the accused.”

555. 555

     पातिमोक्खट्ठपनक्खन्धकोpā·ti·mok·khaṭ·ṭha·pa·nak·khan·dha·ko निट्ठितो।niṭ·ṭhi·to

     Pātimokkhaṭṭhapanakkhandhako niṭṭhito.

     The chapter on the cancellation of the Monastic Code is finished.

Sources. Sanskrit: Satyavedaḥ, the New Testament in Sanskrit (Calcutta Baptist Missionaries, 1851; J. Wenger’s revision of W. Carey’s version). Digital text © 2018 SanskritBible.in, via eBible.org, licensed CC BY-SA 4.0; changed here: arranged by verse and every word linked to the dictionary (links made automatically). Old Testament Sanskrit: the Old Testament in Sanskrit, Calcutta Baptist Mission Press, 1848–1852 (public domain), read by OCR from the Internet Archive scans of the Boston University School of Theology copy; unproofread, with machine clean-up only. Pāli Canon: Mahāsaṅgīti Tipiṭaka Buddhavasse 2500 (based on the Vipassana Research Institute’s Chaṭṭha Saṅgāyana edition), from SuttaCentral bilara-data, CC0; Devanagari and pronunciation made automatically from the Roman text. Pāli English: Bhikkhu Sujato (suttas) and Bhikkhu Brahmali (Vinaya), SuttaCentral, CC0. Pāli word meanings: the Pali Text Society’s Pali-English Dictionary (Rhys Davids & Stede), corrected reprint © The Pali Text Society, CC BY-NC 3.0, digital text from BuddhaDust; word matching automatic. English: King James Version (1769), public domain; words the translators added are in italics. Word meanings and pronunciations: Monier-Williams, Sanskrit–English Dictionary (1872), via this site’s Sanskrit dictionary (CC BY-SA 4.0); English↔Sanskrit word matches made automatically and may need checking.